Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Wilmington

Wilmington

wil · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker wil
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Wilmington
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Business
the right way

Annual Report and Financial Statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2022

Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

01

OUR PURPOSE

Helping our customers 
to do the right business

in the right way

Strategic Report
Investment case
02 
03  Headlines
05  At a glance
08  Strategy
10  Chair’s statement
11  Chief Executive’s review
12  Review of operations

14 

16 

 Key performance indicators/
operational measures

 Stakeholder engagement 
and non-financial information 
statement

18  Sustainability report
25  Financial review

27 

 Risks and uncertainties 
facing the business

33  TCFD disclosure 
36  Viability statement

Our Governance
38  Board of Directors

39 

 Corporate governance 
report

44  Audit Committee report
 Nomination Committee 
report

46 

47 

59 

61 

 Directors’ Remuneration 
report

 Directors’ report and other 
statutory information

 Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities

Financial Statements
63 

Independent auditors’ report 

70 

71 

 Consolidated income 
statement

 Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

72  Balance sheets

73 

 Statements of changes 
in equity

75  Cash flow statements
 Notes to the financial 
statements 

76 

105 

 Pro forma five year financial 
summary (unaudited)

106 

 Advisors and corporate 
calendar

Stay up to date with our website 
www.wilmingtonplc.com

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Investment case

Resilient
portfolio in large and 
expanding GRC market

Wilmington plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

02

Purpose driven 
We empower our customers to do the right business in the right way, by providing 
them with a complementary range of information and data and training and 
education solutions via single technology platforms. Our unique offering is 
underpinned by a set of core competencies that, in combination, drive sustainable 
value creation for our stakeholders. 

Why invest?
Unique GRC platform
Powerful combination of well-recognised brands 
in information and data and training and education 
solutions, serving the resilient and growing 
Governance, Risk and Compliance market.

27+

years’ experience

High conversion of operating profit 
into cash
Strongly cash generative business reflected by

114%

conversion of operating profit into cash

Diverse and resilient
The resilience of our portfolio is enhanced by a diverse 
customer base and low customer concentration.

Single technology platforms and 
digital innovation 
Attractive portfolio of digital-first data and information 
assets and innovative digital learning solutions 
delivered via single technology platforms.

High proportion of  
recurring revenues
Consistent and sustainable revenue streams, with 
a focus on recurring subscription and membership 
revenues with high renewal rates. 

37%

subscription and membership revenue

Agile and customer led 
Strong customer-led product management culture, 
reinforced by agile approach to hybrid delivery formats. 

Responsible business culture
Commitment to customers echoed by the responsible 
business culture embedded across the Group.

Commitment to dividends

8.2p

total dividend

Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Headlines

Delivering
organic growth

Wilmington plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

03

Financial performance 
•  13% organic1 revenue growth driven by successful 
digitalisation programme, new product investment 
and return to FTF2 events. Organic revenue growth 
5% excluding FTF events.

•  Training & Education division delivered 18% 

organic growth 

• 

 Intelligence division delivered 10% 
organic growth

•  Annual recurring revenues grew by 5%, now 37% 

of Group revenues

•  Adjusted profit before tax up 38% to £20.7m 

(2021: £15.0m) reflecting continuing efficiencies 
of digital-first model

•  Strategic sale of AMT for proceeds of £23.4m 

before completion adjustments

•  Net cash at 30 June 2022 £20.5m (2021: net debt 
£17.2m) reflecting strong trading performance, 
effective cash management strategies and sale 
of subsidiaries and property

•  Strong cash conversion3 of trading profits of 114% 

(2021: 104%)

• 

Investments driving strategic progress, future 
growth plans enhanced by development of single 
technology platforms in each division

•  Further embedded cultural ambitions, bolstered 

by commitments to Race at Work Charter, 
Inclusive Employers and Disability Confident 

•  Committed Net-Zero Carbon Targets

“These strong results demonstrate the success of 
our strategy with good organic revenue growth, 
profits up by 38% and substantial cash generation. 
Our new operating model is successfully 
embedded and has enhanced our position in 
the large, expanding and rapidly evolving 
Governance Risk and Compliance markets.

The investments we have made in technology 
and data are accelerating our growth ambitions 
as we develop single technology platforms in 
each division. These investments are enhancing 
our position by creating a scalable portfolio of 
assets that are strongly aligned to the dynamic 
and growing GRC market.

We have a resilient business model with 
increasing recurring revenues. We have seen 
good demand in all areas during the first quarter 
of the current financial year, generating revenues 
and profitability in line with our expectations.”

Mark Milner
Chief Executive Officer

1. 

 Organic – eliminating the effects of exchange rate 
fluctuations and the impact of acquisitions and disposals.

2.  FTF – face-to-face.

3.  Cash conversion – see note 30.

Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

04

Headlines continued

Revenue for the year £’m

£121.0m

+7%

Organic1 revenue growth %

13%

2021: up 3%

121.3

122.5

113.1

113.0

121.0

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Adjusted EBITA £’m

£21.6m

+30%

Adjusted profit before 
tax margin %

17.1%

2021: 13.3%

23.8

21.5

21.6

16.6

14.0

Adjusted profit before tax4 £’m

£20.7m

+38%

21.8

19.3

20.7

15.0

11.9

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Profit/(loss) before 
taxation £’m

£36.1m

2021: £(2.0)m

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Adjusted earnings per share5 p

18.66p

+ 37%

19.80

17.44

18.66

13.62

10.71

Basic earnings/(loss) 
per share p 

37.46p

2021: (5.18)p

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Total dividend p

8.2p

+ 37%

Final dividend p

5.8p

2021: 3.9p

Group net cash/(debt) (excluding lease liabilities)6 £’m

8.8

9.1

8.2

6.0

£20.5m

+ 216%

20.5

(39.6)

(33.9)

(27.7)

(17.2)

2018

2019

nil
2020

2021

2022

Strong cash conversion3 at %

114%

2021: 104%

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

4.   Adjusted profit before tax – see note 2.

5.   Adjusted basic earnings per share – see note 9.

6.  Net cash/(debt) includes cash and cash equivalents, bank loans (excluding capitalised loan arrangement fees) and bank overdrafts but excludes lease liabilities.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 202205

Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

At a glance

Effectively navigating 
the Regulatory 
Compliance landscape

Wilmington is a scalable portfolio in the resilient and 
expansive GRC markets, providing solutions to enterprise 
customers and professionals from a broad range 
of industries. 

Our customers operate within a complex array of legal, 
political and regulatory frameworks, all dictated by the 
ever-evolving regulatory landscape. We help them to 
navigate this complexity and respond to emerging areas 
of risk by providing a complementary range of solutions 
via single technology platforms. Our intelligence gives 
customers the detailed insight they need to understand 
the regulatory landscape, and our specialist training 
equips them to navigate it successfully. 

Our solutions are focussed on real-world outcomes and 
are based on significant and defendable intellectual 
property built up over many years. Our teams of 
experienced industry practitioners and talented subject 
matter experts are central to our unique offering. We are 
proud to be recognised by our customers as a trusted 
and valued partner as we help them navigate their 
business challenges.

Wilmington is a digital-first business with strong 
capabilities in online and hybrid learning, and in the 
management and provision of mission-critical information 
and data. The strength of our portfolio is underpinned by 
an operating model which allows our portfolio of brands to 
leverage the value of the Group’s technology platforms to 
deliver unique solutions to their customers. We invest in 
the core competencies that drive quality in our products 
to enable our brands to exhibit a unique set of 
characteristics that define our competitive advantage. 

Intelligence

Training & 
Education 

Single 
technology 
 platforms

Regulation

Compliance

Empowered Customers: 
doing the right business in the right way across Governance, Risk and Compliance (‘GRC’)

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

At a glance continued

Underpinning
the GRC market with 
strong growth drivers

The GRC markets are underpinned by strong macro drivers, 
which are closely aligned to the Group’s core offering and 
inform our strategy to increase brand presence in this market:

• 

• 

Increasing volume of regulation;

Increasing fraud and cyber risk;

•  Evolving role of compliance;

•  Escalating regulatory enforcement;

• 

• 

Increasing importance of responsible business practice;

Increasing adoption of technology solutions; and

•  Complex geopolitical landscape.

06

The products Wilmington’s two divisions offer focus on three 
main sub‑categories of Governance, Risk and Compliance:

I n t e lligence

Governance
• Conduct • Ethics 
• Corporate Governance 
• Risk Management Architecture 
• Operational Resilience

Risk
• Prudential 
• Information Sharing 
• Risk Management 
• Reputational Risk

GRC

Compliance
• Financial Crime Prevention • AML & CTF 
• Sanctions • Anti-bribery & Corruption 
• Fraud • Information & Data Security 
• Market Abuse/Insider Trading • Cyber-crime 
• Conduct of Business • Healthcare Regulations 
• Diversity, Equity & Inclusion

Training & Edu c a t i o n

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

At a glance continued

One business

two divisions

We are operating as 1 business with 2 divisions 
that each have a single technology platform, 
and multiple brands.

07

Revenue analysis
Revenue can be analysed by segment as follows:

Our brands

Total Revenue

% of Group revenue

Intelligence

Training & Education

2022

49%

51%

Revenue can be analysed by geography as follows:

Total Revenue

% of Group revenue

UK

Europe (excluding the UK)

North America

Rest of the World

2022

53%

21%

18%

8%

2021

50%

50%

2021

55%

21%

13%

11%

1. Intelligence1 
Wilmington’s Intelligence division consists of businesses which 
provide must-have, authoritative risk and compliance data to a range 
of industries globally, including insurance, pensions and healthcare. 
The information and data solutions provided by our brands in this 
division represent the gold standard in accuracy and timeliness, and 
this capability is enhanced by the expertise of our research analysts 
and industry practitioners, to ensure that we provide actionable 
insight to customers. Much of our data is developed by our own 
teams, and we own the associated intellectual property. 

2. Training & Education
This division provides compliance training and technical support for 
customers across a range of industries including financial services, 
accountancy and healthcare. We offer a wide product range, including 
formal qualifications, continuing education and mandatory training, 
through instructor-led and self-guided formats. Our excellence in this 
area is underpinned by world-class and engaging course content, 
developed in house by our team of experienced subject matter experts, 
and enhanced by Wilmington’s strong digital subscription management 
and dynamic delivery platform. 

1. 

The Information & Data division was renamed to Intelligence during the year.

49%

Read more on p. 1249+

Group  
revenue

Intelligence revenue

£59.6m

51%

Read more on  p. 1351+

Group  
revenue

Training & Education revenue

£61.4m

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
51
+
L
 
49
+
L
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Strategy

08

Unique

GRC solutions

By drawing on our core competencies we have embedded a set of defining characteristics into all of 
our brands which, in combination, drive progress against our three integrated strategic objectives.

Wilmington characteristics: what makes us unique

Wilmington’s streamlined operating model is underpinned by single 
technology platforms across each division, and its success is driven 
by the synergistic potential of its unique portfolio of brands. We have 
effectively delivered our strategic objective to achieve organic 
growth, and we continue to cement our position in the large and 
growing GRC markets by investing in operational efficiencies and 
in the core competencies that drive our competitive advantage. 

1. Digital capabilities
Our digital-first model demonstrates best in class digital 
capabilities including:

•  Delivery platform agnostic

•  Multi-device enabled 

•  Excellence in User Experience (‘UX’) and User 

Interface (‘UI’) solutions 

•  Digital front and back office

2. Data enabled
Our businesses are data enabled, allowing them to 
provide unique insight and innovative solutions to their 
customers, driven by:

•  Unique methods of data collection, measurement, 
integration and analysis, supported by dynamic 
user interfaces

•  Proprietary data and bespoke services

Grow
Generate growth and cement our position in the GRC market 

3. Differentiated offering
Our businesses occupy strong positions in the markets 
they serve, exhibited via the following credentials:

4. Attractive markets
The markets in which we operate present opportunities 
for sustained growth:

•  Market leaders – within the top three

•  Macro fit with Wilmington’s core markets

•  Unique products with owned IP

•  Strong brands valued highly by customers

•  Micro fit with a growing end-user base in which 

our solutions are integrated into customer systems

Invest
Invest in our businesses to 
facilitate new product 
development, provide innovative 
solutions to our customers, and 
fuel growth 

Manage
Manage our portfolio to ensure 
that all businesses exhibit the 
unique characteristics that drive 
our competitive advantage 

5. Strong product and revenue model
Our product and revenue model drives value 
by targeting the following actions:

• 

Identifying attractive economics

•  Prioritising repeatable revenue streams 

•  Leveraging success across the portfolio to 
maximise the benefit of synergistic potential

6. Strong leadership
Our businesses are led by individuals who are best 
placed to accelerate their growth, evidenced by their 
core competencies:

•  Experts in their field, aligning sector specific 

knowledge to product development and delivery 

• 

Innovators seeking to embrace change to deliver 
bespoke customer solutions

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 202209

The delivery of our organic 
growth strategy reflects our 
clear focus on investing in the 
capabilities that underpin our 
competitive advantage

Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Strategy continued

Delivering
growth

The delivery of our organic growth strategy reflects 
our clear focus on embedding the unique combination 
of characteristics that define our competitive 
advantage across the Group, and in doing so has 
further strengthened each of the brands within our 
portfolio. The foundation for this growth has been the 
effective investments we made in our business to 
deliver operational excellence, by developing a 
common approach in the key areas that progress our 
strategy. Following the restructure of our operating 
model in June 2021, we have focussed on developing 
single technology platforms to underpin the future 
growth of each division and drive our expansion in 
the GRC markets.

Investment focus: Operational excellence
Over the past three years we have invested heavily in 
operational excellence to accelerate our growth 
ambitions by developing the best-in-class approach to 
managing technology and data, sales and marketing, 
talent, and product development. These investments 
have been underpinned by our work to embed a 
responsible business culture across the Group that 
informs our strategic progress by supporting our 
people to make decisions in a way that delivers long 
term value. Full details of the progress we have made 
against our sustainability strategy objectives during 
the year are outlined in the Sustainability report on 
pages 18 to 24. This work includes the investments we 
have made across all aspects of employee experience 
and demonstrates how we are attracting and 
developing the diverse, talented workforce that 
is central to our ongoing success.

Investment focus: Developing single 
technology platforms
In addition to our People strategy, the investments we 
made in operational excellence focussed heavily on 
enhancing our product, technology and data 
capabilities, as the key mechanisms to deliver high 
quality solutions to our customers. The success of this 
work has provided the stepping stone for our next 
phase of investment, which began this year, to embed 
single technology platforms in each division. 

Training & Education division – single Digital 
Learning Platform
The Platform integrates cloud-based technologies to 
a single solution, creating a personalised ecosystem 
in which a customer can sign up to programmes, 
consume course materials through multi-media 
formats, complete assignments and tasks, and 
repeat visits to access additional content.

Intelligence division – single Data 
Connect Platform
Our Data Connect Platform is a single, common data 
platform, deploying Snowflake® technology to bring 
together all our assets allowing us to offer a greater 
data set to our clients delivered through intuitive data 
dashboards. We are offering APIs as standard to our 
clients to enable the use of our data as an integral part 
of their business processes. 

Investment focus: Future progress
Our ongoing investment in operational excellence and 
single technology platforms is at the heart of our plan 
to ensure that Wilmington continues to demonstrate 
the agility to adapt and grow, both organically and 
through acquisition, as customer demands evolve and 
new market opportunities arise. By embedding 
common infrastructure and processes, the Group is 
well placed to effectively enhance and expand its 
unique offering.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Chair’s statement

10

Resilient
organic growth 
strategy delivering

I am pleased to present the Annual Report for the year 
ended 30 June 2022. We delivered in line with our 
strategy during the year, and the business also showed 
real organic growth resilience in both revenues and 
profits. We continue to realise the benefits of our 
digital-first model, with associated efficiencies 
demonstrated by our improved profitability.

Our people continue to deliver an 
outstanding quality of content in all 
product areas whilst demonstrating 
their continued resilience.

The Group has emerged from the Covid-19 affected period to grow 
revenues by 13% organically across all product areas, led by a strong 
rebound in events where we have been able to run face-to-face events 
in both Europe and the US all year.

This revenue growth and continued focus on cost management has 
resulted in profit increases at all levels. Our cash position also improved 
because of the conversion to cash of these higher profits and the sale of 
AMT during the year.

We have increased our dividend payments this year by 37% with a final 
dividend by 5.8p, resulting in a dividend yield back above the average for 
our market sector.

In June 2021 we implemented a new group structure and operating model to 
increasingly focus the business on the resilient and growing GRC markets. 
We report here on the performance of this structure and on the success of 
our investment in the business and the technology supporting it. We sold 
the AMT training business and a smaller training reseller in the year and 
will continue to refine our portfolio where and when appropriate. 

The effective execution of our strategy and strong financial results reflect 
the hard work and dedication of our talented teams. Our people continue 
to deliver an outstanding quality of content in all product areas, while 
demonstrating resilience in the face of ongoing uncertainty and challenge. 

I would like to take this opportunity to thank all of them for their contribution 
to our focus on serving our customers to the highest standards and on 
driving long term value for our stakeholders. 

Current trading and outlook
The effective strategic execution over the past twelve months has 
positioned the Group well to expand its presence in the GRC markets, 
and to drive future growth.

Trading has been encouraging in the first quarter, with good demand in 
all areas generating revenues and profits in line with expectation. We 
continue to manage the challenges caused by inflationary pressures, 
and the proven resilience of the Group provides reassurance that it is well 
placed to withstand the impact of ongoing macro-economic volatility.

Martin Morgan 
Chair
21 September 2022

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Chief Executive’s review

Investing
in single 
technology 
platforms

Results
I’m pleased to present my report on the year ended 30 June 2022. We 
have executed our strategy by growing our revenues and profits 
organically in the markets we focus on; investing further in our business 
and the technology it runs on; and by actively managing our portfolio of 
brands. The business has demonstrated notable resilience, reflected by 
the strong financial performance. 

We have delivered organic revenue growth of 13% by growing all parts of our 
business – a result enhanced by a return to face-to-face events this year. 
Growth excluding events was 5% and reflects increased demand for our 
core offering in all product areas. We have also achieved a five-percentage 
point growth in recurring revenue1, which now represents 37% of total 
revenue, driven by recent investments in sales and marketing capabilities.

The increased revenues and a continued focus on operational efficiency 
and cost management resulted in adjusted PBT growth of 37.8% to 
£20.7m (2021: £15.0m) and a corresponding improvement in adjusted PBT 
margin to 17.1% (2021: 13.3%). This resulted in adjusted basic earnings per 
share being up 37.0%. We also are proposing a final dividend of 5.8p (total 
of 8.2p). The Group moved into a net cash position (excluding lease 
liabilities) of £20.5m (2021: net debt £17.2m) after the sale of AMT 
and a strong year of converting profits to cash.

1.  Recurring revenues – those contracted at least one year ahead.

Strategy
Following a comprehensive review of our portfolio in 2021, our strategic 
focus has been centred on building upon our already strong presence in 
the large, growing and rapidly evolving GRC markets. These markets are 
underpinned by strong macro drivers, particularly the increasing volume 
and enforcement of regulation, complex geopolitical landscape, increased 
importance of ESG and widespread adoption of technological and 
data-driven compliance solutions, all of which align strongly to 
Wilmington’s core offering.

At the heart of this focus on the GRC markets is our ambition to help 
our customers to do the right business in the right way, by providing a 
complementary range of information & data and training & education 
solutions. Our operating model mirrors this core purpose – our Intelligence 
division provides specialist data and analytics that give customers the 
detailed insight they need to understand the regulatory landscape, and 
our Training & Education division delivers specialist training that equips 
them to navigate it successfully. 

As planned we sold AMT during the year and have now identified a buyer for 
our small Spanish insurance business. We expect this divestment to be 
concluded in the first half of the 2023 financial year.

Investment programme
Our investment approach across the Group continues to be to leverage 
our core competencies to embed the unique characteristics that define 
our competitive advantage into each of our brands. Our investment focus 
is on developing single technology platforms in each of our divisions, 
providing the foundation to accelerate our growth ambitions. 

11

Our investment during this calendar year in the development of single 
technology platforms will further differentiate us by providing unique 
solutions to our customers. They will also enhance our growth potential as 
we retain the agility to respond to their ever changing needs in the rapidly 
evolving GRC markets. The implementation of single platforms in each 
division will also allow us to efficiently expand our offering by creating a 
scalable portfolio to enhance our growth potential.

Two of our brands in the Training & Education division are already 
benefiting from our Digital Learning Platform, and we are on track to have 
the remaining brands within the division fully deployed to this common 
platform by December 2022.

Our Data Connect Platform, deploying Snowflake® technology, has 
already been rolled out to three of our Intelligence division brands, and will 
also be used across the whole division by December 2022.

We continue to develop new products and identify clear organic growth 
opportunities, with the future potential for effective roll-out of these greatly 
enhanced by our single platform approach. This strategy for maximising 
the value of our technology and data assets, combined with our streamlined 
operating model, provides the strong base to actively consider acquisition 
targets which complement and/or extend our capabilities. 

Responsible business
As we continue to help our customers to do the right business in the right 
way, we are committed to investing in the initiatives that support our own 
responsible business culture. We have achieved progress against our 
targets in all four areas of our sustainability strategy, and this work 
continues to underpin our broader strategic objectives and risk 
management processes. Full details of this work can be found in our 
Sustainability report on pages 18 to 24.

We have implemented the Taskforce for Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations in full, concluding that we must 
continue to monitor the impacts of climate change on the Group’s risk 
profile, but that the potential opportunities that may arise from the 
transition to a low-carbon economy are well aligned to our core offering. 
We have committed to net-zero carbon targets, with an ambition of absolute 
zero in respect of Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2028, and net zero in respect 
of Scope 3 emissions by 2045.

Mark Milner
Chief Executive Officer
21 September 2022

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Review of operations

Intelligence

Revenue

Healthcare2

Financial Services  
and Other3

MiExact

Discontinued4

Total revenue

Operating profit

Margin %

2022
£’m

31.1

23.2

5.0

0.3

59.6

11.4

19%

Absolute 
variance
%

Organic 1
variance
%

10%

9%

1%

(86%)

5%

22%

11%

10%

1%

10%

22%

2021
£’m

28.4

21.3

5.0

2.1

56.8

9.3

16%

Overall Intelligence revenues grew 5% 
in the year, 10% organically.

12

Trading performance
Overall Intelligence revenues grew 5%, 10% organically. All businesses 
within the division grew organically. Recurring subscription revenues grew 
four percentage points with strong retention rates.

Healthcare revenues grew 11% organically, helped by the return to 
face-to-face events in the UK. Subscription revenues grew 7% with UK 
revenues up 12% and French revenues up 4%. Competitive pressure 
continued to challenge growth of Data revenue in some areas, but overall 
demand for these products was good.

Financial Services revenues grew 10% organically with growth in Axco, 
Pendragon, Compliance Week and the held-for-sale Inese. Compliance 
Week and Inese benefitted from the return to face-to-face events while 
subscriptions grew well in Axco and Pendragon, where retention rates 
were above 99%.

MiExact revenues grew 1% after a slow first half was followed by a strong 
final quarter. Subscription revenues had a retention rate above 95%. 

Intelligence divisional operating profit grew by 22%, helped by its revenue 
growth and continuing focus on its cost base. Operating margins improved 
to 19% from 16%.

Business model and markets
Wilmington offers a wide range of products and services through its 
Healthcare businesses predominantly around the provision of market and 
customer intelligence. The core of the data supplied comes primarily from 
publicly available sources. The value generated by our services is based 
around its collation, verification, combination with other complementary 
data sources and then its ease of presentation and usage. In some areas 
we provide proprietary analysis of the data and editorial comment which 
constitute our own intellectual property. 

Wilmington’s Healthcare businesses operate mainly in the UK and France 
and provide deep insight information on practitioners, facilities and 
treatments in the UK and French health sector markets that enable 
suppliers into those markets, including pharmaceutical companies, to 
understand and connect better with their customers. Revenue is mainly 
earned through sales of discrete packages of data or through subscription 
services for the ongoing provision of information. Additionally, in the UK we 
publish the Health Service Journal (‘HSJ’), the leading online publication in 
the UK for healthcare leaders, with revenue generated through providing 
subscriptions to NHS foundation trusts, Clinical Commissioning Groups 
and suppliers to the NHS. 

The Financial Services/Other businesses operate in the Insurance, 
Pensions and Compliance markets. These businesses provide a broad 
range of information products and services with revenues generated 
primarily through subscription but also sponsorship, lead generation 
and event attendance.

Identity & Charities rebranded as MiExact in the year as part of the 
restructuring of its product set begun last year. The MiExact business 
consists of a portfolio of data products including charity fundraising 
information, and marketing data suppression tools. They include services 
that are used by organisations to help prevent identify fraud. Revenue is 
predominantly subscription based. 

1. 

 Organic – eliminating the effects of exchange rate fluctuations 
and the impact of acquisitions and disposals.

2.  UK Healthcare and APM.

3.  Pendragon, Axco, Compliance Week and Inese.

4.  Discontinued refers to disposed or closed businesses or product lines.

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsOur GovernanceWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 202213

Review of operations continued

Training & Education

Revenue

Global5

UK and Ireland6

North America7 

Discontinued8

Total revenue

Operating profit

Margin %

2022
£’m

23.2

22.1

11.0

5.1

61.4

16.0

26%

2021
£’m

22.4

20.3

4.9

8.6

56.2

12.2

22%

Absolute 
variance
%

Organic 
variance
%

3%

9%

125%

(39%)

9%

31%

3%

9%

122%

18%

32%

Business model and markets
The Global business comprises two units that operate in Compliance 
markets. The largest business, which was developed organically within 
Wilmington, is the International Compliance Association (‘ICA’). It is an 
industry body and training business that we created in 2002 which offers 
professional development and support to compliance officers 
predominantly in the financial services sector. It has offices in the UK, 
Singapore, Malaysia and Dubai. ICA primarily serves the financial services 
industry. The material for ICA courses is developed by our own internal 
R&D team, and external specialists, and we own the associated 
intellectual property.

Revenue earned by ICA is primarily training income complemented by 
subscriptions paid by the professional members for their ICA 
accreditations. The courses ICA run usually extend over several weeks or 
even months. They traditionally mix distance learning with face-to-face 
sessions. The distance learning element has transitioned to online and 
digital variants, and virtual programmes have been offered in place of 
face-to-face sessions. To support the move to virtual training in ICA a new 
Digital Learning Platform (‘hub’) is being built – it was launched at the start 
of 2021 and further developments are due for release in the coming months. 

The other Global business, CLTi, earns revenue from running professional 
development programmes for wealth managers. Wilmington has an 
international presence, with centres in the UK, Europe and Asia Pacific 
and consistent investment in technology maintains the Group’s competitive 
positioning. The AMT training business was sold in December 2021.

The North America business, FRA, is predominantly events based. It serves 
the US Healthcare and Health Insurance markets and, to a lesser extent, 
the US financial and legal service communities. The prime brand is the 
RISE series of events that addresses the Medicare and Medicaid markets 
and is attended by health plans, physician groups and solution partners. 
The flagship event is RISE National which normally takes place in Nashville 
in March each year. Revenue from the US events is generated from both 
sponsorship and delegate sales. 

The UK and Ireland business predominantly provides training for 
accountants in practice and in business and individuals involved in the legal 
system, including lawyers. It runs a mix of face-to-face, online and blended 
learning for these communities. It provides training at various levels 
including providing continuing professional development for existing 
qualified accountants and, in the case of the legal profession, helping them 
train their clients for interaction with the legal system. Additionally, it 
provides technical support to accountancy firms which enables them to 
keep abreast of technical developments and changes to regulation, as 
well as supporting them to promote the services they then offer to their 
clients. The small Irish reseller of training services (LaTouche) was sold in 
April 2022.

Mercia (accountancy) and Bond Solon (legal) are predominantly UK 
and Ireland based, reflecting the country specific laws and accounting 
standards that govern their profession. Revenue in the unit is earned 
through clients subscribing for ongoing training support and other related 
activities over a period of time (usually twelve months), with the rest through 
one off course attendance fees. Courses are typically single or half day 
events, and content is a mix of owned and third-party intellectual property. 
Courses are delivered either by in-house experts or a network of 
independent tutors who are paid per course that they deliver. 

The Law for Non-Lawyers market is strong, with good ongoing demand for 
existing products as well as successful launches of new training courses. 
Growth in the Accountancy market remains partially suppressed due to the 
impact of Covid-19, which compounded the challenges caused by 
continued consolidation of smaller firms, some Brexit uncertainty and a 
relatively stable backdrop in terms of tax legislation and accounting 
standards. Whilst not yet reaching its pre-Covid size, the Accountancy 
market has returned to growth and demand is expected to benefit from 
upcoming legislative change in the UK. 

Trading performance
Training & Education revenues grew 9%, and 18% on an organic basis. 
All five of the businesses within the division grew organically and 
recurring subscription revenues grew 9%.

ICA revenues were up 3% as strong growth in the UK was offset by a drop 
in Singapore revenues after the exceptional growth there in FY21, but 
FY22 Singapore revenues were still nearly double their FY20 level. CLTi 
grew 4% and is focussed on increasing business in new territories in FY23. 

Bond Solon saw double-digit growth in FY22, driven by a strong increase 
in demand across the year. Mercia revenues grew 8% in the year, and 
despite still being short of its pre-Covid position the business is on track 
to recover the remaining shortfall.

In the US, FRA more than doubled revenues as events returned to being 
face-to-face. Organic growth of 122% brought the business back to larger 
revenues than the pre-Covid period (FY19) as demand from sponsors 
offset slightly lower delegate attendance than FY19.

Overall divisional operating profit increased strongly by 31%, mainly due to 
increased revenues and tight cost management. As a result, the operating 
profit margin rose to 26% from 22% in FY21.

5. 

ICA and CLTi.

6.  Mercia and Bond Solon.

7.  FRA.

8.  Discontinued refers to disposed or closed businesses or product lines.

Strategic ReportFinancial StatementsOur GovernanceWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Key performance indicators/operational measures

14

Measuring
performance

Wilmington plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

At a Group level, we have five key 
financial and operational measures
Throughout the Annual Report there is 
reference to the metrics set out below, which 
serve as alternative performance measures. 
Where adjusted measures are used in the report 
they are clearly presented and specifically used 
to provide a balanced view of the Group and its 
performance. The Directors believe that these 
measures, which are not considered to be a 
substitute for or superior to IFRS measures, 
provide stakeholders with additional relevant 
information and enable an alternative 
comparison of performance over time. 

Organic revenue growth 

+13%

Definition and purpose
Calculated by adjusting the year-on-year revenue change to exclude the 
impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation and the impact of 
changes in the portfolio from acquisitions and disposals. 

This measure is used as it gives a comparable assessment of the 
underlying growth of the business and of its sustainability. Monitoring 
organic revenue growth also allows the Board to assess whether action 
is needed to control other aspects of the Group’s financial performance 
such as managing the cost base. Please refer to the Review of operations 
on pages 12 and 13 for a reconciliation.

Result
Increased by 13% (2021: 3%) driven by successful digitalisation 
programme, new product investment and the return to face-to-face 
events. Growth excluding events was 5% and reflects increased demand 
for our core offering in all product areas. We have also delivered 5% growth 
in recurring revenue, which now represents 37% of total revenue, driven by 
recent investments in sales and marketing capabilities.

 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Key performance indicators/operational measures continued

15

Adjusted profit before tax (‘adjusted PBT’) £’m

Adjusted basic earnings per share p

Cash conversion %

£20.7m

+38%

20.7

15.0

11.9

18.66p

+37%

18.6

13.6

10.7

114%

189

104

114

Subscription and membership revenue 
as a percentage of total revenue %

37%

38

38

37

2020

2021

2022

2020

2021

2022

2020

2021

2022

2020

2021

2022

Definition and purpose
Calculated as profit before tax, amortisation of 
intangible assets excluding computer software, 
impairments, other income (when it is material or 
of a significant nature), and other adjusting items. 
This measure is considered to reflect underlying 
profitability of the Group before adjusting items and 
is a key metric used to determine management 
incentives, including within the Directors’ bonus 
targets as set out in the Remuneration report. The 
Group policy on adjusting items and the calculation of 
adjusted PBT are set out respectively in notes 1 and 2 
of the financial statements. Amortisation of intangible 
assets excluding computer software are excluded 
from adjusted PBT as they relate to historical 
acquisition activity rather than the organic trading 
performance of the business. This approach provides 
management with comparable information for 
day-to-day decision making.

Result
Increased by 38% to £20.7m (2021: £15.0m) reflecting 
increased revenues, a focus on operational efficiency 
and cost management, and continuing efficiencies of 
the digital-first model.

Definition and purpose
This key measure indicates the underlying profit 
attributable to individual shareholders. It measures 
not only trading performance, but also the impact of 
treasury management, capital structure and bank and 
interest charges, as well as the efficient structuring of 
the Group to appropriately manage tax. Our business 
and financial strategies are aligned to delivering 
consistent growth in adjusted earnings per share and 
our incentive programmes are designed to support 
this strategy. Please refer to note 9 for a reconciliation.

Result
Increased by 37% to 18.66p per share (2021: 13.62p) 
reflecting the increase in adjusted profit as discussed 
above. The underlying tax rate and number of ordinary 
shares were essentially unchanged.

Definition and purpose
Cash conversion represents the operating cash flow 
for the year as a percentage of adjusted operating 
profit before interest and amortisation. This measure is 
used as an indicator of successful stewardship of cash 
resources and corroboration of the quality of operating 
profits compared to the associated cash flow. Please 
refer to note 30 for a reconciliation.

Result
114% (2021: 104%) owing to a strong year of converting 
profits into cash through effective operational efficiency.

Definition and purpose
The Group continues to focus on a portfolio of assets 
based in key professional markets, facilitated by 
excellence in technology and data and dynamic sales 
and marketing. The development of a dynamic 
product portfolio has driven the Group’s ambition to 
secure sustainable revenue streams, with multi-year 
and subscription packages sold for many revenue 
streams, including:

•  data, information, intelligence and solution sales;

•  professional education, training, events 

and services;

•  professional accreditation and assessment; and

• 

large, industry-leading annual events.

Result
Subscription and membership revenue was 37% 
(2021: 38%) of Group revenue with the balance a 
mixture of revenue from annual events and revenue 
from customers who have a history of repeat purchase 
although not necessarily supported by formal 
multi-year contracts. Renewal rates from subscription 
and membership revenue was 92% (2021: 92%), 
reflecting Wilmington’s robust product development 
process and high customer satisfaction.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Stakeholder engagement and non-financial information statement

16

Stakeholder
value creation

Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006
The 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code highlights the importance of 
Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006, requiring Directors to act in a way 
that promotes the success of the Company for the benefit of shareholders 
whilst simultaneously showing regard for the interest of its other stakeholders. 

The Board follows a robust decision making process, which is designed to 
ensure that any decisions made reflect Wilmington’s responsible business 
culture. The key reference points for decision making by the Board are: the 
impact on the Group’s overall strategic objectives; consideration of its 
principal risks and uncertainties; and positive alignment with the core 
values underpinning the Group’s sustainability strategy. At the heart of all 
of these factors is consideration of the Group’s stakeholders, because it is 
these groups who have the greatest potential to create positive outcomes 
for the Group as it strives to create long term value. 

Further details on this decision making process 
can be found in the Corporate governance report 
on pages 39 to 43

Our people 
The delivery of the Group’s strategic objectives is dependent on our ability to 
attract, develop and retain a highly skilled and motivated workforce. We strive to 
create an inclusive culture in which diversity of thought, skills and perspectives 
helps us thrive. We are committed to strong recognition and reward strategies 
that fairly reflect the contributions our people make to help us progress. 

Engagement
Our employee engagement strategy focusses on providing our people 
with platforms to actively participate in the Group’s decision making 
processes, and we are also committed to transparency around the issues 
that matter most to them:

•  Employee engagement survey results directly inform the development 

of the Group People strategy.

•  Global and brand level town halls provide a forum for leaders across 

the business to engage with all employees.

•  Our internal intranet acts as a central policy and guidance portal, 
and also a communication platform for our employees to share 
experiences and network across the Group.

•  We are developing ‘Wilmington Communities’: networks of people 
which stretch across diversity dimensions that will actively inform 
our work to create an inclusive workplace.

•  Our performance development review process encourages honest 

and open conversations about personal development.

•  We are an accredited Living Wage employer and are committed 

to a fair and transparent reward and recognition structure. 

  Read more: p. 19–20

Shareholders
Support from our shareholders underpins the success of our strategy. 
We aim to provide fair, balanced, and understandable information to 
shareholders to clearly demonstrate strategic progress.

Engagement 
We maintain a strong reporting process with regular digital content 
updates for shareholders via our website throughout the year. Our interim 
and year end reporting periods conclude with analyst briefing sessions 
and investor roadshows, and our Annual General Meeting.

The Executive Directors maintain close contact with shareholders and 
maintain strong relationships to facilitate one-to-one engagements and 
conference calls.

Read more on p. 43

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

17

Stakeholder engagement and non-financial information statement continued

Customers
Our customer-driven product management culture is key to our success 
and ensuring that we truly understand the needs of our customers is 
critical to the viability of our future plans.

Engagement 
We strive to put our customers at the heart of our product management 
process, and this means working hard to find solutions to meet their 
needs. Our key communication channels come in the form of Customer 
Advisory Groups (‘CAGs’), feedback surveys and maintaining strong 
relationships with key account contacts. Central to our ambition of 
delivering excellent customer experience is the progression of our 
accessibility strategy, ensuring anyone who needs our products and 
services can access them effectively. 

  Read more: p. 21

Suppliers
Strong relationships with our suppliers are crucial to ensure that the 
services we receive support the delivery of our own products effectively. 
We are also committed to ensuring mutually high standards of responsible 
business from our suppliers. 

Engagement
We maintain strong and accessible communication channels with 
suppliers, to promote good relationships and to set clear expectations of 
the products and services we require. Our supplier code of conduct 
clearly communicates to all our suppliers the high standards of 
responsible business practice we expect from them.

  Read more: p. 22

The environment and communities 
we operate within
We have a responsibility to have a positive impact on the environment and the 
communities we operate within. This responsibility plays an important part in 
protecting the wellbeing of our people, and in contributing to the future health 
of our planet for the benefit of all our stakeholders. 

Engagement
We are committed to carbon emission reductions, demonstrated by the 
reduction in absolute emissions since our baseline year, and our net-zero 
targets for future progress. Our carbon neutral commitment allows us to 
contribute further to carbon reduction initiatives, including a certified 
biodiversity protection programme that facilitates long term carbon storage. 

Our community and charity policy encourages our employees to engage 
positively with the communities we work within and gives all our people the 
opportunity to take paid volunteering leave.

  Read more: p. 23‑24 and 33‑35

In addition to the financial KPIs disclosed on pages 14 to 15, the Group 
assesses performance using a range of non-financial KPIs relevant to 
each brand and function. The Group also uses non-financial KPIs to 
assess its progress in relation to its sustainability strategy, as outlined 
on pages 18 to 24.

Non‑Financial Information Statement
This index constitutes Wilmington’s Non-Financial Information Statement, produced to comply with Sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006.

Reporting requirement

Policies, processes and standards which govern our approach

Page(s)

Environmental matters

Carbon reduction plan, environmental management policy, risk management process and approach 
to TCFD 

23-24, 33-35

People

Conduct and compliance policies, diversity and inclusion statement of intent, employee engagement 
strategy and risk management process

19-20, 30, 39-40

Respect for human rights

Modern slavery statement and risk management process

Social matters

Stakeholder engagement strategy and sustainability strategy

Anti-corruption and anti-bribery  ABC policy, risk management process and supplier code of conduct

Business model

Business model, KPIs and stakeholder engagement strategy

22, 29-32

16, 18-24, 39

16, 22, 27-29

5-9, 14-18

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Sustainability report

Responsible 
business
culture

Wilmington exists to empower its customers to do 
the right business in the right way. At the heart of this 
commitment to customers is our own ambition to 
embed a responsible business culture that informs 
the way we work. Our sustainability strategy is 
underpinned by four core values that, collectively, 
reflect this ambition.

As we successfully drive progress against our broader strategic objectives, we 
remain committed to making sustainable business decisions by taking an 
iterative approach to materiality. By continuing to listen to our key stakeholders, 
via the channels outlined on pages 16 and 17, we continue to refine our 
sustainability strategy to ensure that it drives long term value for all of them.

During 2022 we have made significant progress against the targets we set in 
2021 for each pillar of our sustainability strategy, and we have also expanded the 
scope of our priority initiatives. Our iterative approach has allowed us to further 
refine the strategic objectives in each area, which is helping us to better measure 
progress and continue to set challenging targets for the future.

Key to this progress is our governance framework, designed to combine Board 
level oversight with operational expertise and strong workforce engagement.

Board oversight

Chair

Executive sponsorship

Executive Committee 

Strategic lead

Operational taskforce

Group Finance and Sustainability 
Director

Subject matter experts, dedicated 
working groups and internal 
communities

The ongoing work to drive progress against the core objective of 
each pillar is discussed on pages 19 to 24.

18

1  

Cultural positivity

2  

Customer empowerment

Core objective
•  Create an inclusive workplace that supports, empowers, 

develops and fairly rewards all our people.

Core objective
•  Deliver products that are accessible, high value, up to date 

and move with industry trends.

Delivering stakeholder value
•  Fostering a positive culture will attract and retain the best talent, 

Delivering stakeholder value
•  Empowering our customers ensures our products are closely 

accelerating delivery of our strategy.

aligned to their needs.

• 

Investing in our people benefits the communities we operate 
in by delivering exceptional employee experience.

•  Our customer driven approach to innovation helps us stay 

agile in the face of change.

Meeting our 2022 targets
•  Diversity data collected for 75% of employees globally.

Meeting our 2022 targets
•  Eight week digital accessibility awareness and upskilling 

• 

Improved employee engagement scores against baseline 
year in key areas of focus.

campaign delivered.

•  Revised digital accessibility statements published by all brands.

•  Clear roadmap to WCAG 2.1 AA standard developed.

3  

 Proactive assurance

4  

 Environmental responsibility

Core objective
•  Uphold high standards related to digital protection, regulatory 

Core objective
•  Reduce environmental impact by minimising carbon footprint 

requirements, ethics and production.

and committing to responsible procurement.

Delivering stakeholder value
•  Responsible digitisation and ethical conduct echo our core 
purpose and underpin our digital-first approach delivering 
the best in class digital products.

Meeting our 2022 targets
•  >98% acceptance of cyber security policy.

•  0 phishing incidents resulting in the loss of data.

• 

100% of products subject to continuous pentesting.

Delivering stakeholder value
•  Committing to environmental responsibility protects the future 
of our people and demonstrates to customers that we strive to 
deliver products with minimal environmental impact.

Meeting our 2022 targets
•  Performed Scope 3 gap analysis and set net-zero targets in line 

with 1.5°C ambition.

•  Transitioned to renewable energy supplies across all occupied 

UK sites.

•  Committed to carbon neutrality through verified high 

quality offsets.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Sustainability report continued

Cultural

positivity

Wilmington plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

During the year we continued to establish robust 
initiatives that are creating an inclusive workplace 
to support, empower, develop and fairly reward all 
our people. This ambition is reflected by our clear 
commitment to developing our Diversity and Inclusion 
strategy and by our investments in resources to 
create a positive environment for all our people 
to reach their full potential at work.

Commitment to inclusivity 
At the heart of our ambition to embed a culture of inclusivity at Wilmington 
is the work led by our Head of Diversity and Inclusion that celebrates the 
unique characteristics of our people. At the start of the year we set a target 
to start collecting richer data to help us better understand what our 
workforce looks like. By asking our people to disclose this data as part of 
our annual employee engagement survey, we were able to better 
understand the diversity characteristics of 75% of our global workforce, 
which reflects a minimum 90% response rate from those who received 
the survey in locations where legislation allows the collection of this 
information. Our data collection approach was fully compliant with 
the relevant regulations in each jurisdiction. By harnessing this data 
to measure diversity at Wilmington, we are better equipped to build a 
workforce that reflects the diversity of the communities we serve and 
work within. Further details of the gender and ethnicity balance within 
senior management specifically are disclosed in the Corporate 
governance report on page 41.

What makes our people unique?

Age profile

s
e
e
y
o
p
m
e

l

.

o
N

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

28

276

246

195

102

21

<25

25–34

35–44

45–54

55–64

65+

Age

19

Disability or long term health condition

No

88%

Yes

8%

Prefer not 
to say

4%

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

Ethnicity

83+
59+

Gender identity

  White 

  Black 

  Asian 

  Mixed 

  Other ethnic group 

  Prefer not to say 

84

3

8

2

1

2

  Female 

  Male 

  Other 

  Prefer not to say 

59

37

3

1

+
37
+
+
3
3
+
+
1
1
+
+
H
H
+
3
+
+
9
9
+
+
2
2
+
+
1
1
+
+
2
2
+
+
H
H
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Sustainability report continued

How are we driving progress
Internal engagement
•  Every brand within our portfolio has a dedicated D&I champion who 
has worked with their team to localise the global strategy to make 
sure it is most effective for their business area.

•  We established internal networks for Race and Ethnicity and Gender, 
to create forums for discussion and drive further insight into how we 
can better support groups across these diversity dimensions.

•  We started work to align our talent acquisition strategy to our 

diversity ambitions.

•  We introduced the hashtag #wearewilmingtonplc to encourage our 
people to share what is important to them and what makes them 
unique, so we can celebrate the diversity in our workforce.

Investing in our people
•  Our ambition to create a positive culture is also aligned to our commitment to 
our customers, who trust us because we are experts in our field and help them 
overcome their complex business challenges in GRC. To continue to support 
our people to deliver excellent customer value we are therefore committed to 
attracting, developing and investing in talented individuals who make up our 
teams. We take a holistic approach to developing our people and celebrating 
their talent, so we continue to invest in leaning, wellbeing, recognition and 
reward to deliver the best employee experience for our people.

Investing in…
Learning and development
•  Launched people leaders programme to promote internal 

progression and strong mentorship and support for our teams.

•  We reviewed our policies to ensure they align with our ambition 

•  Delivered bespoke sales and product academies to support our 

to demonstrate an inclusive culture.

Group strategy.

Community engagement
We know the value of expertise and insight, so we are partnering with 
experienced communities to enhance the effectiveness of our Diversity 
and Inclusion strategy and to hold ourselves to account:

•  We are committed members of Inclusive Employers.

•  We have signed the Business in the Community (BITC) 

Race at Work Charter. 

•  We are Disability Confident committed, with level 1 achieved and 

an ambition to meet levels 2 and 3.

•  We have integrated our diversity ambitions into our supplier code 

of conduct to ensure we work with suppliers who also demonstrate 
a commitment to inclusivity in the way that they work.

•  Launched personal career development platform with substantial 

upskilling resource portfolio.

Wellbeing
•  Expanded our network of mental health first aiders.

•  Created wellbeing champions network to promote a culture 

of balance, health and fulfilment.

•  Continued to offer extensive wellbeing-orientated benefits 

including global employee assistance programme, digital GP 
and healthcare support. 

• 

Introduced a community and charity policy including volunteer leave 
allowance for all employees.

Recognition and reward
•  Comprehensively reviewed our reward strategy.

•  Became an accredited Real Living Wage employer.

• 

Introduced global gender pay gap reporting to inform our strategy 
for closing the gap. 

Monitoring progress
As we continue to hold ourselves accountable to driving positive cultural 
change, we highly value strong engagement from our people to help us to 
understand what more we can do to enhance their experience at work. In 
FY22 93% of our workforce globally participated in our annual employee 
engagement survey, providing valuable feedback on the issues that matter 
most to them. This feedback is one of the tools we use to monitor our 
performance in respect of strong employee experience, in combination with 
building consistent output datasets that will further validate our progress.

20

The work we have done to improve data quality in the year is providing us 
with a foundation on which to develop dedicated KPIs to measure our 
future progress. In particular, data collected around diversity dimensions 
as disclosed on page 19 will allow us to demonstrate the results of the 
work we are doing to create a more inclusive working environment. 
Similarly, the investments we are making in career pathways and reward 
structure is providing us with data to demonstrate how our commitment to 
training and development is benefiting our people. 

Whist we continue to develop these KPIs, we are pleased to have met our 
target to maintain or improve our score against key areas of focus since 
the FY20 baseline year. Where we have not improved our score against 
the prior year, we have focussed on the drivers of this change and ensured 
they are addressed as we implement our People strategy. We have also 
committed to expanding the scope of our engagement survey in FY23, so 
that we can better monitor employee experience throughout the year. This 
will further improve accuracy of the annual outputs, by reducing the impact 
of short term factors that may influence a result at a specific point in time.

Statement of cultural ambition

Area of focus

People from all backgrounds are 
treated fairly at Wilmington

Diversity and 
Inclusion

My manager or mentor 
encourages and supports my 
development

Wilmington provides enough 
support for my mental and 
physical wellbeing

Training and 
Development

Health and 
Wellbeing

FY20
 score

FY21
 score

FY22
 score

8.1

8.4

8.3

7.4

7.7

7.8

6.3

7.8

7.4

Further details of our approach to employee engagement can be found 
in the Section 172 statement on pages 16 to 17.

Our work in this area contributes to: SDG 3 Good health and wellbeing, 
SDG 5 Gender equality and SDG 8 Decent work and economic growth, 
with a focus on the below sub-indicators:

3.4 By 2030, reduce by one-third premature mortality from 
non-communicable diseases through prevention and treatment 
and promote mental health and wellbeing. 

5.5 Ensure women’s full and effective participation and equal 
opportunities for leadership at all levels of decision making in political, 
economic and public life.

8.5 By 2030, achieve full and productive employment and decent work 
for all women and men, including for young people and persons with 
disabilities, and equal pay for work of equal value.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Sustainability report continued

21

Customer 
empowerment

We are committed to embedding a 
customer-led approach to product 
development and delivery. We want 
our customers to directly inform our 
agenda, and by creating accessible, 
high value and up to date products we 
empower them to realise maximum 
value from our offering. 

We have continued to invest in initiatives that build a 
culture in which any individual involved in the product 
cycle is mindful of customer needs, such that they 
reflect those needs throughout the cycle from 
development to delivery. The underlying principles of 
this product cycle are accessibility, innovation and 
agility, and strong customer engagement. 

Area of focus Principal objectives

Investment in FY22

Innovation, 
flexibility and 
agility

Embed a dynamic product 
management approach 
that can respond rapidly 
to change whilst 
maintaining high 
quality outputs

•  Development of single technology 

platforms in each division

•  Enhanced data analytic capabilities 
across the portfolio to provide high 
quality insight to customers

•  Hosted team events to promote 
collaboration and innovation in 
digital learning

•  Delivered bespoke training through 
the Wilmington product academy 

•  Embedded a philosophy of iterative 
product roll-outs to produce relevant 
updates and stay close to change

Customer 
engagement

Ensure customers directly 
inform the new product 
development agenda, and 
facilitate strong 
communication channels 
for customer feedback

•  Customer Advisory Groups (‘CAGs’) 

and customer feedback questionnaires 
operational for all key product groups

•  Enhanced communication channels to 

allow customers to contact the business 

•  NPD process directly informed by 

customer referencing

In line with our ambition to create an inclusive culture at Wilmington, we are committed to 
making sure our products are accessible to all. At the heart of this ambition, and key to the 
ongoing success of our digital-first model, is a high standard of digital accessibility across 
our internal and external product portfolio. Therefore we set ourselves a target to develop a 
roadmap to achieve WCAG 2.1 AA standards across our digital product base. We launched 
this ambition with a comprehensive eight week digital accessibility campaign to raise 
awareness and upskill our teams.

Looking forward to FY23, the next stage of our roadmap towards our longer term target of 
WCAG 2.1 AA compliance includes further training initiatives to develop our specialist working 
groups, performing testing across our digital portfolio to identify priority actions and equipping 
our accessibility champion network to continue to raise awareness and keep accessibility at 
the forefront of the product development process.

Our accessibility agenda extends far beyond our digital assets, and is an integral part of 
our wider Diversity and Inclusion strategy as discussed on pages 19 to 20. 

2022 Digital Accessibility 
Campaign Highlights

5

Training and awareness sessions with subject matter experts

6

Fireside chats with industry thought leaders

80

Bite‑sized items of created and curated content 

•  Development of an accessibility champion network 

with volunteers from each brand

•  Formation of three specialist working groups to take the lead 

on best practice implementation

•  Creation of a dedicated accessibility email address and solution 

delivery workflow process

•  Revised digital accessibility statements published by all brands

Our work in this area contributes to: SDG 10 Reduced 
inequalities, with focus on sub-indicator 10.2: By 2030, 
empower and promote the social, economic and 
political inclusion of all, irrespective of age, sex, 
disability, race, ethnicity, origin, religion or economic or 
other status.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Sustainability report continued

Proactive 

assurance

Ethical compliance
Responsible business practice is at the heart of our strategy, and therefore 
we aim to instil a culture of strong ethical compliance across the portfolio. 
Our ethics policies are designed to provide clear and consistent guidance 
to our people to ensure they contribute to these high standards of ethical 
conduct, and are outlined for all employees in our internal policies.

Responsible digitisation
Our customers rely heavily on quality data and advanced analytics 
provided by our Intelligence division, and on reliable and engaging delivery 
formats in our Training & Education division. This reliance comes with 
positive assurance from our teams that we take a proactive approach 
to uphold the highest standards of cyber security and data privacy.

One of the key elements of our core value of cultural positivity is that 
Wilmington reflects a safe and inclusive working environment that 
encourages strong employee engagement and participation by all. 
Management encourages this by advocating universal openness and 
transparency in respect of reporting non-compliance of any form, with 
clear guidelines provided in the Group’s ABC and whistleblowing policies. 
As we advocate high standards of integrity internally, we echo this sentiment 
in respect of our external stakeholders by taking a zero-tolerance approach 
to any forms of unethical behaviour within our wider operations and 
supply chains.

During the year we:

•  Added five policies to the mandatory policy acceptance process;

•  Achieved >98% target for policy acceptance rate;

•  Expanded the scope of content included in mandatory compliance 

training; and

• 

Integrated the requirement to demonstrate a commitment to 
responsible behaviour more comprehensively into our supplier 
onboarding process.

Our digital assurance process is governed by skilled individuals who 
maintain high levels of control and compliance in this area and implement 
best practice across three key integrated workstreams. We are also 
dedicated to helping our technology experts continue to stay ahead of the 
ever-evolving risk of cyber security, with continuous update training and 
dedicated resources to enhance awareness. 

We remain committed to the highest standards of compliance in this area 
and in the year we achieved our goals to deliver:

•  >98% acceptance of cyber security, acceptable use and data 

protection policies*;

•  0 phishing incidents resulting in the loss of data; and

• 

* 

100% of internal products undergo continuous pentesting.

 Policy acceptance data includes absent employees; therefore, 98% effectively equates 
to 100% of the present workforce.

22

Investing in security: 2022 error 
management and security Hackathon
•  Full-day live team event

•  Hosted by international technology industry expert

•  Promoted collaboration between colleagues

• 

Innovated around new subjects

•  Problem solving workshop to bolster internal IT security control 

processes

Our work in this area contributes to SDG 16 Peace, 
justice and strong institutions, with focus on sub-
indicator 16.6: Develop effective, accountable and 
transparent institutions at all levels.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Sustainability report continued

Environmental 

responsibility 

Wilmington plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

23

Our commitment to environmentally responsible 
operations is an essential part of our contribution to 
creating a healthy planet for our people, our partners 
and our local communities to prosper. Our biggest 
direct impacts on the planet come from resource use 
and emissions from our offices, and we continue to 
focus on transitioning to sustainable materials and 
methodologies to reduce this impact.

Climate change, energy and carbon reporting
In response to the climate crisis, we also recognise the need to accelerate 
action to ensure that our business plays an active role in the global effort 
to address the impacts of climate change and the transition to a low 
carbon economy. 

In 2022 we committed to carbon neutrality by offsetting our Scope 1,2, 
and controllable Scope 3 emissions, through high quality accredited 
carbon offset schemes focussed on biodiversity protection and 
innovation in renewable energy technologies. 

We have set net-zero carbon targets with a 2019 baseline year, aligned to 
a 1.5°C trajectory, and have developed a carbon reduction plan to progress 
against these goals. We have set ambitious reduction targets in respect of 
Scope 1 and 2 emissions well in advance of 2050 and have worked hard to 
set challenging targets in respect of Scope 3 emissions despite the 
challenge of managing emissions from sources we do not directly control. 

Our targets

Scope 1 and 2 emissions:
•  Absolute1 zero by 2028

Scope 3 emissions:
•  Near term: reduce by 52% from baseline by 2030

•  Long term: Net zero by 2045

Our reporting on energy use and GHG emissions is in line with the Streamlined 
Energy and Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’) legislation. To reflect our commitment 
to monitor, report and reduce our environmental impact, we have also 
increased the scope of our GHG reporting to include Scope 1, 2 and 3 
emissions in line with Science Based Targets initiative recommendations. 

Energy use and GHG emissions have been assessed following the ISO 
14064-1:2018 standard and using the 2022 emission conversion factors 
published by the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (‘Defra’) 
and the Department for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy (‘BEIS’). 
The assessment follows the market-based approach for assessing Scope 2 
emissions from electricity usage. The operational control approach has been 
used. All Group entities have been included in the assessment. Assurance over 
the data used to calculate emissions has been obtained from a reputable 
third-party carbon assessment analyst. The use of employee and turnover 
ratios is important to reflect Wilmington’s relative performance in relation to two 
of the measures that fluctuate in line with strategic business change. 2019 and 
2021 results have been restated to reflect disposed businesses.

Global carbon footprint assessment 

Emissions from:

Scope 1 – direct emissions

Scope 2 – indirect emissions

Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions
CO2 employee ratio Scope 1 and 2 (tonnes of CO2 per employee)
CO2 turnover ratio Scope 1 and 2 (tonnes of CO2 per £m revenue)
Scope 3 – other indirect emissions

Total (all Scope 1, 2 and 3)

Total UK energy consumption (kWh)

Total global energy consumption (kWh)

1.  Nil carbon emissions achieved without associated carbon offset.

30 June 2019 
Baseline Tonnes 
of CO2e

30 June 2021
Tonnes of CO2e

30 June 2022
 Tonnes of CO2e

Change 
since baseline
%

Change 
in the year
%

77.45

422.14

32.21

168.74

499.59

200.95

0.59

3.89

3,400.20

3,899.79

1,111,892

1,417,512

0.24

1.70

983.87

1,184.82

607,645

774,666

8.14

28.80

36.94

0.04

0.31

1,399.51

1,436.45

461,319

570,049

-89.5

-93.2

‑92.3

-93.2

-92.0

-58.8

‑63.2

‑58.5

‑59.8

-74.7

-82.9

‑81.6

-83.3

-81.8

42.2

21.2

‑24.1

‑26.4

Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Sustainability report continued

Reducing our environmental impact
Our Group strategy to drive investment in our 
technological and data capabilities has had a significant 
impact on our ability to work in innovative ways that 
reduce our environmental impact. The capabilities we 
now have to operate remotely whilst maintaining strong 
personal connections and high product quality have 
significantly reduced the environmental footprint from 
travel by our workforce and our customers. Whilst this 
progress is positive, we also recognise the need to 
address the impact of our digital footprint on the 
environment through energy consumption. Similarly, 
despite the significant reduction since our base year, in 
2022 our emissions from travel have increased compared 
to 2021 during which Covid-19 related restrictions 
significantly reduced our mobility. We are therefore 
working on initiatives to adapt our approach to travel in a 
way that allows us to reap the benefits of face-to-face 
interaction whilst minimising the associated carbon footprint.

We are also committed to reducing waste, and to 
minimising the carbon footprint associated with the 
disposal of waste we do produce. Along with the 
measures set out in our waste management policy on 
the Wilmington plc website, we are also working with our 
landlords to set future targets to ensure 0% of waste from 
our offices goes to landfill. Since 2021 we have reduced 
the proportion of our waste that goes to landfill from 10% 
to 6% of our total.

They key activities we have implemented, and continue to 
develop, to reduce our environmental impact since our 
2019 baseline year are:

•  Performed a comprehensive review of office premises 
to consolidate our operations and improve efficiency;

•  Secured renewable tariffs for energy use at 100% of 

our occupied UK sites;

2021 waste disposal routes

60%

  Landfill 

  Recycling 

Incineration with energy recovery  30%

60+
65+

2022 waste disposal routes

Incineration with energy recovery  29%

  Recycling 

65%

10%

  Landfill 

6%

Nil carbon emissions achieved without 
associated carbon offset

24

•  Refurbished office sites to upgrade to energy efficient 
lighting solutions, consolidated resource use and 
facilitated more effective waste management;

•  Rapid digitalisation of products to reduce the need for 

travel and improve efficiency of delivery;

• 

Increased the scope of employee engagement 
activities to raise awareness of sustainability and 
encourage positive collective action;

•  Updated our business travel policy to encourage the 

use of low carbon modes of transport; and 

• 

Introduced environmental commitments into our 
supplier code of conduct.

During the year, we have made particular progress in 
respect of our renewable energy procurement strategy, as 
demonstrated by the 82.9% reduction in our Scope 2 
market-based emissions. We have also made progress 
embedding cultural change relating to the choices our 
people make around business travel, in line with the 
updates we have made to our business travel policy. 
Further details of our response to climate change are 
outlined in our TCFD reporting index on pages 33 to 35.

Our work in this area contributes to SDG 12 Responsible 
consumption and production, and SDG 13 Climate action, 
specifically 12.2: By 2030, achieve the sustainable 
management and efficient use of natural resources and 
12.5: By 2030, substantially reduce waste generation 
through prevention, reduction, recycling and reuse.

Page titleWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
+
30
+
+
10
10
+
+
H
H
+
29
+
+
6
6
+
+
H
H
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Financial review

25

Revenue

Adjusted profit 
before tax

Margin %

2022
£’m

121.0

20.7

17.1%

2021
£’m

113.0

15.0

13.3%

Absolute variance

£’m

8.0

%

7.1%

Organic
variance
%

13.4%

5.7

37.8%

42.5%

Variances described as ‘organic’ are calculated by adjusting the revenue 
change achieved year-on-year to exclude the impact of changes in foreign 
currency exchange rates and also to exclude the impact of changes in the 
portfolio from acquisitions and disposals.

Revenue
Group revenue increased 7.1% overall and 13.4% on an organic basis, the 
overall increase reflecting £0.4m of foreign currency downside and the 
impact of disposals. Full details can be found in the Review of operations 
on pages 12 to 13.

Operating expenses before amortisation of 
intangible assets (excluding computer software) 
and impairments 
Operating expenses before amortisation of intangible assets (excluding 
computer software) and impairments were £99.4m (2021: £96.4m), 
up £3.0m or 3.1%. 

Within operating expenses, staff costs marginally increased £0.5m to 
£55.2m (2021: £54.7m). This net increase reflects discretionary staff 
bonuses, £1.4m higher than the prior year as a result of the stronger 
trading performance in FY22. The increases were partly offset by salary 
cost savings generated from a reduction in headcount post disposal of 
businesses. Share based payment costs increased £0.6m due to an 
increased number of schemes due to vest.

Non-staff costs increased by £2.5m to £44.2m from £41.7m in the prior 
year, reflecting the increased revenue and the anticipated return of some 
face-to-face delivery costs including venue hire.

Unallocated central overheads
Unallocated central overheads, representing Board costs and head office 
salaries, as well as other centrally incurred costs not recharged to the 
businesses, increased £0.2m year-on-year to £4.5m (2021: £4.3m).

Adjusted profit before tax (‘adjusted PBT’) 
As a result of increased revenue and a continued focus on operational 
efficiency and cost management, adjusted profit before tax, which 
eliminates the impact of amortisation of intangible assets (excluding 
computer software), impairments, other income and other adjusting items, 
was up 37.8% to £20.7m (2021: £15.0m). 

Adjusted profit margin (adjusted PBT expressed as a percentage of revenue) 
also increased to 17.1% (2021: 13.3%). 

Amortisation excluding computer software, 
impairment charge and other income 
Amortisation of intangible assets (excluding computer software) was 
£2.4m (2021: £3.4m). The decrease reflects certain historical assets being 
fully amortised part way through the prior year. 

The non-cash impairment charge of £0.6m relates to the impairment of 
assets associated with an exercise performed to consolidate the Group’s 
office space.

Other income represents the net gain of £16.3m from the disposal of AMT 
and La Touche Bond Solon Training Limited, the £1.3m gain on disposal of 
two buildings and their associated assets recognised as a result of the 
consolidation of the Group’s office space and £0.8m of one-off financing 
activities associated with capital management. 

Adjusting items within operating expenses
Adjusting items within operating expenses of £0.1m (2021: £3.0m) are 
those items that are one off in nature and which do not represent the 
ongoing trading performance of the business. 

Operating profit (‘EBITA’) 
Operating profit was £37.0m (2021: loss £0.4m). The large increase is 
driven by the impact of the other income items detailed above and a 
non-cash impairment in 2021, along with strong revenue growth and 
effective cost management during the year. 

Net finance costs 
Net finance costs were £0.9m (2021: £1.6m), primarily related to the 
decrease in interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts following 
the repayment of the revolving credit facility. 

Profit before taxation
Profit before taxation was £36.1m (2021: loss £2.0m); a reconciliation 
of this to adjusted profit before tax can be found in note 2.

Strong growth in
revenue and 
profits, closing 
net cash position 

Overview
The Group performance was resilient and strong during the year, driving 
organic growth in revenue and profit and reinforcing the strength of the 
balance sheet, reflected by the closing net cash position. 

Adjusting items, measures and adjusted results
In this Financial review reference is made to adjusted results as well as 
the equivalent statutory measures. The Directors make use of adjusted 
results, which are not considered to be a substitute for or superior to IFRS 
measures, to provide stakeholders with additional relevant information 
and enable an alternative comparison of performance over time. Adjusted 
results exclude amortisation of intangible assets (excluding computer 
software), impairments, other income (when material or of a significant 
nature) and other adjusting items.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 202226

Deferred consideration receivable
The deferred consideration receivable balance of £1.7m (2021: £1.8m) relates 
to the disposal of ICP in July 2018 with £1.5m recognised within non-current 
assets and the remaining £0.2m recognised within current assets. 

Disposal group held for sale
As at 30 June 2022, the disposal group classified as held for sale relates 
to Wilmington Inese SL. The assets of the disposal group held for sale 
are £1.5m, including £0.8m of cash and cash equivalents, and liabilities 
of the disposal group held for sale are £1.3m.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables were £27.1m (2021: £28.7m). This decrease 
was mainly due to the disposal of AMT and La Touche Bond Solon 
Training Limited, which collectively comprised £1.4m within trade 
receivables in the prior year. 

Current tax asset
At 30 June 2022 the Group recognised an asset relating to current tax of 
£1.3m (2021: £0.3m). The net asset position reflects a net repayment position.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables decreased by £4.7m to £50.3m (2021: £55.0m). 
Within this, subscriptions and deferred revenue increased by £1.3m or 
4.3% to £31.4m (2021: £30.1m) and trade and other payables decreased 
by £6.0m to £18.9m (2021: £24.8m). 

This increase in subscriptions and deferred revenue was driven mostly 
by the growth of subscription services in the year and a year-on-year 
increase in June sales. The decrease in trade and other payables was 
primarily driven by the unwind of payroll tax payments and better payment 
practices for amounts owed to suppliers.

Provisions 
Provisions were £1.5m (2021: £1.8m), relating wholly to future committed 
costs associated with the closed portion of the head office space.

Net cash, lease liabilities and cash flow
Net cash, which includes cash and cash equivalents, cash classified as 
held for sale, bank loans (excluding capitalised loan arrangement fees) 
and bank overdrafts, and lease liabilities, was £13.0m (2021: net debt 
£28.0m). This significant net cash position is driven by a strong trading 
performance delivering improved profits and effective cash management 
as well as a significant cash inflow associated with the other income items 
mentioned above.

Lease liabilities decreased to £7.5m (2021: £10.7m) which represents cash 
payments in relation to contractual lease obligations, offset in part by £0.3m 
of notional interest on lease liabilities reported within net finance costs. 

Cash conversion remained strong at 114% (2021: 104%).

Share capital
During the year 224,838 (2021: nil) new ordinary shares of £0.05 were 
issued to satisfy the Company’s obligations under the SAYE Plan. 

During the year the Wilmington Group plc Employee Share Ownership 
Trust (‘ESOT’) purchased 170,097 ordinary shares for the purpose of 
future settlement of employee share schemes. On 30 September 2021, 
37,435 shares vested under its Performance Share Plan settled via the 
ESOT. In April 2022 3,552 shares were used to satisfy the Company’s 
obligations under the SAYE Plan. At 30 June 2022, the ESOT held 
403,782 shares (2021: 274,672). 

Guy Millward
Chief Financial Officer
21 September 2022

Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Financial review continued

Taxation
The tax charge for the year was £3.3m (2021: £2.5m) reflecting an 
effective tax rate of 9.1% (2021: negative 125.0%). The substantial 
decrease in the effective tax rate year-on-year reflects the nature of other 
operating income and adjusting items, specifically the gain on disposal 
of businesses in 2022 which was not subject to corporation tax, and the 
impairment charge in 2021 which was not deductible for tax purposes. 

The underlying tax rate which ignores the tax effects of adjusting items 
remained essentially unchanged at 21.0% (2021: 20.5%). 

Earnings per share
Adjusted basic earnings per share increased by 37.0% to 18.66p (2021: 
13.62p), due to the increase in adjusted profit before tax, a broadly flat 
underlying tax rate and an essentially unchanged number of issued 
ordinary shares (see below). Basic earnings per share was 37.46p (2021: 
basic loss per share 5.18p) in the prior year, reflecting the increase in profit 
after tax.

Dividend
A final dividend of 5.8p per share (2021: 3.9p) will be proposed at the AGM. 
This will give a full year dividend up 37% to 8.2p (2021: 6.0p) and dividend 
cover of 2.3 times (2021: 2.3 times).

If approved it will be paid on 28 November 2022 to shareholders on the 
register as at 28 October 2022 with an associated ex-dividend date of 
27 October 2022.

Balance sheet
Non‑current assets
Goodwill at 30 June 2022 was £61.1m (2021: £65.8m) which was primarily 
due to goodwill disposed of £6.2m for AMT. Additionally, a strengthening 
US Dollar led to an increase in the Sterling value of the US Dollar portion 
of the Group’s goodwill. 

Intangible assets decreased by £4.6m to £9.4m (2021: £14.0m) due to 
amortisation of £6.1m, partly offset by additions of £1.3m within computer 
software reflecting the Group’s continued strategy to invest in the existing 
businesses to fuel organic growth. Additions reflect the continued 
investment in Wilmington’s digital transformation. 

Property, plant and equipment decreased by £2.4m to £6.9m (2021: £9.3m). 
The decrease in purchased property, plant and equipment was attributable 
to depreciation of £2.4m, £0.6m impairment mentioned above and assets 
transferred to held for sale of £0.3m relating to assets held by Inese (see 
disposal group held for sale), partially offset by additions of £0.9m.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 202227

Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Risks and uncertainties facing the business

Identifying
and managing our risks 

Responsibility for the Group’s system of risk management and internal 
controls ultimately lies with the Board. Risk identification, assessment and 
management are central to the Group’s internal control environment, and 
risk management is recognised as an integral element of the Group’s 
operating activities.

Once identified, risks are reviewed and then incorporated into formal risk 
registers held at both a Group and entity level, which evolve to reflect any 
changes to identified risks and the emergence of any new risks. Where it 
is considered that a risk can be actively mitigated to the benefit of the 
business, responsibilities are assigned, and action plans are agreed.

As well as assessing ongoing risks the Executive Committee considers 
how the business could be affected by any emerging risks over the long 
term. Emerging risks are those which may develop but have a greater 
uncertainty attached to them. Twice per annum Managing Directors 
(‘MDs’) and Heads of Group Functions are asked to highlight any new or 
emerging new risks; these are then reported to the Board and monitored 
on an ongoing basis.

Our risk assessment process provides a clear framework for identifying 
and managing risk, both at an operational and strategic level, and has 
been designed to be appropriate to the ever-changing environments in 
which we operate.

The Board is also responsible for determining the Group’s appetite for 
risk, and the acceptable level of risk that can be taken on by the Group 
and its individual operating entities when assessing its strategic objectives 
(‘Wilmington risk appetite’). The Board sets and clearly communicates its 
local risk appetite to the business leaders responsible for executing their 
activities in various locations across the global portfolio. The guidelines 
set in response to the Group’s risk appetite are complemented by the 
Group’s comprehensive portfolio of policies governing conduct, including 
its Anti-Bribery and Corruption (‘ABC’) and Modern Slavery guidelines, 
and in accordance with delegated authority limits. The Group’s risk 
assessment covers a three year period, as is consistent with the period of 
assessment used in its strategic planning process and viability review.

The Wilmington Executive Committee coordinates and facilitates the risk 
assessment process on behalf of the Board. The Executive Committee 
reports directly to the Board using a combination of structured formal 
interviews, monthly operational updates, site visits, ‘bottom up’ reporting 
and registers (together, the ‘risk assessment’). The risk assessment 
covers both external and internal factors and the potential impact and 
likelihood of those risks occurring. Twice per annum the Audit Committee 
discusses the report received from the external auditor regarding their 
review and audit procedures, which include, comments on their findings 
on internal control and risks.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Risks and uncertainties facing the business continued

28

Risk management structure, roles and responsibilities
The Board regularly reviews the Group’s key risks and is supported in the discharge of this responsibility by various committees, 
specifically the Audit Committee. The risk management roles and responsibilities of the Board, its committees and business 
management are set out below, and all these responsibilities have been met during the year.

Board 
Ultimate responsibility for 
risk management

Audit Committee
Supporting the Board

Responsibilities
•  Approve the Group’s strategy and objectives
•  Determine Group appetite for risk in achieving its 

strategic objectives

•  Establish the Group’s systems of risk management 

and internal control

Responsibilities
•  Supports the Board by monitoring risk and reviewing 
the effectiveness of Group internal controls, including 
systems to identify, assess, manage and monitor risks

Executive Committee 

Ongoing review and control 

Responsibilities
•  Strategic leadership of the Group’s operations
•  Ensure that the Group’s risk management and other 

policies are implemented and embedded

•  Consider emerging risks in the context of the Group’s 

strategic objectives

•  Monitor the application of risk appetite and the 
effectiveness of risk management processes 

•  Monitor the discharge of responsibilities by 

operating entities

Actions
•  Assess managements strategic decisions in the 

context of the Group’s risk appetite

•  Receive regular risk updates from the businesses

Actions
•  Receive regular reports on the internal and external 

audit and other assurance activities

•  Determine the nature and extent of the principal Group 

risks and assess the effectiveness of mitigations
•  At least annually review the effectiveness of risk 
management and internal control systems

•  Review the adequacy of the Group’s key 

conduct policies

Actions
•  Review of risk management and assurance activities 

and processes

•  Respond to notifications of changing and emerging 

risks within its area of business responsibility

•  Govern monthly/quarterly finance and 

performance reviews

•  Review key risks and mitigation plans and consolidate 

Group risks

•  Review the three year strategic plan
•  Review results of assurance activities
•  Escalate key risks to the Board

Senior Leadership 
Team 
Ongoing risk assessment

Responsibilities
•  Maintain an effective system of risk management and 

internal control within their function/operating 
company

•  Maintain strong and timely communication with the 
Executive Committee in respect of emerging and 
changing risks

Actions
•  Regularly review operational, project, functional 

and strategic risks
•  Review mitigation plans
•  Plan, execute and report on assurance activities 

as required by entity, region or group

Wilmington risk appetite
The Group’s approach is to minimise exposure to reputational, financial 
and operational risk, whilst accepting and recognising a risk/reward 
trade-off in the pursuit of its strategic and commercial objectives.

The provision of solutions primarily to the Governance, Risk and Compliance 
markets means that the integrity of the business and its brands is crucial and 
cannot be put at risk. Consequently, it has zero tolerance for risks relating to 
non-adherence to laws and regulations (‘unacceptable risk’). The business, 
however, operates in a challenging and highly competitive marketplace that 
is constantly changing not just in regulation and legislation but also for new 
technology and process innovation. 

It is therefore part of day-to-day planning to make certain financial and 
operational investments in pursuit of growth objectives, accepting the risk 
that the anticipated benefits from these investments may not always be 
fully realised. Its acceptance of risk is subject to ensuring that potential 
benefits and risks are fully understood and sensible measures to mitigate 
risk are established.

Emerging risks
The Group recognises that the global climate crisis is a significant driver of 
future socio-economic and environmental change, and accordingly presents 
potential risk to the Group’s ability to deliver its strategic objectives.

During the 2022 risk assessment and strategic planning processes, the 
Group conducted a detailed review of the potential risks that may arise as 
a result of climate change. Following the review management concluded 
that impacts of climate change should continue to be high on the agenda 
of its strategic planning and risk assessment processes, but should not be 
classified as a discrete principal risk, justified by two key outcomes:

1. 

 The review demonstrated that the Group’s business model and 
strategy have an inherent resilience to the impacts of climate change 
for the following reasons:

•  Lack of direct reliance on the natural resources impacted most 

heavily by climate change to deliver its products;

•  Proven agility and resources to facilitate relocation of operations 

and events or transition to digital alternatives if an extreme climate 
event occurs;

•  Presence across different markets in different locations and 

no significant customer concentration in the sectors at most risk 
of severe disruption from climate change; and

•  Strong alignment of its core offering to potential transition impacts 
specifically in relation to new policy, regulatory change, and data 
and information insights and analysis. 

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Risks and uncertainties facing the business continued

29

Emerging risks continued

2. 

 The business risks associated with climate impacts identified in the 
review are strongly aligned to those that already sit on the Group’s risk 
register. The potential for climate change to significantly disrupt the 
Group’s operations would manifest itself either through physical 
disruption to our people, customers, suppliers and their working 
environments or through market disruption triggered by the transition 
to a low carbon economy. The risks associated with these disruptions 
are specifically addressed by our existing principal risks, and therefore 
the Board gained comfort that the management of climate change 
risks is well aligned to, and can be effectively integrated with, the 
existing principal risk mitigation strategies.

Details of the specific impacts considered and how these align to 
our existing principal risk mitigation strategies are disclosed on 
pages 29 to 32.

Principal risks
During the year the Directors have carried out an assessment of the 
principal risks facing the Group – including those that would threaten its 
business model, future performance, solvency or reputation. The ten key 
risks and uncertainties relating to the Group’s operations, along with their 
potential impact and the mitigations in place, are set out below. There may 
be other risks and uncertainties besides those listed below which may 
also adversely affect the Group and its performance. More detail can be 
found in the Audit Committee report on pages 44 to 45.

As part of their assessment, the Directors reviewed the principal risks in 
the context of their potential impact on the Group’s ability to achieve its 
strategic objectives as set out on pages 8 to 9. 

The Group’s sustainability strategy defines the responsible business 
culture advocated by the Board that directly contributes to the effective 
management of the Group’s risks, helping to enhance the delivery of its 
broader strategic objectives. Therefore the four pillars of the sustainability 
strategy have been mapped to any principal risks for which the associated 
activities contribute a valuable element of the mitigative action, being: 
Cultural positivity (‘CP’), Customer empowerment (‘CE’), Environmental 
responsibility (‘ER’) and Proactive Assurance (‘PA’). 

In summary, our principal risks in the context of the strategic goals and 
viability review are mapped over a three year period as follows:

h
g
H

i

%
0
8
>

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
L

i

i

m
u
d
e
M

%
0
8
–
0
2

w
o
L

%
0
2
<

9

1

2

10

5

High
>£2m

3

6

4

7

8

Low
<£1m

Financial impact
Medium
£1–2m

1.  Market and innovation
2. 

 Lack of changes to regulations 
and legislation

3.  People
4. 

5. 

 Intellectual property rights 
infringement
 Failure or significant interruption 
to IT systems causing disruption 
to client service 

6. 

7. 

8. 

 Technology and speed of 
change
 Remoteness of operations and 
globalisation
 Dependency on key data 
sources 

9.  Major incidents
10.  Reputational risk

1. Market and innovation

Supporting sustainability pillar(s): 

CE   PA

Description
The specialist markets we serve are highly competitive; these markets 
experience growth, decline, consolidation and disruption which change 
customer needs and preferences. 

These factors combined mean that if we do not continually innovate and invest 
in our business we will not deliver the organic growth required to maintain 
acceptable margins and best in class returns over the long term.

Mitigation
Product management is a key area of focus for the progression of the Group’s 
strategic objectives. 

The Group has a dedicated New Product Development (‘NPD’) framework, 
managed by an Investment Committee. The objectives of the Committee are to 
actively encourage innovation whilst maintaining strong governance and rigour 
around internal investment and provide detailed post-investment appraisal.

Depending on the size of the initiatives, Board or Investment Committee 
approval is required to ensure that the Group’s significant projects are aligned 
to the overall strategy.

Within the NPD framework, we have implemented a methodology which 
involves stripping back requirements to the ‘minimum viable product’ which 
serves the fundamental needs of our customers and then adopting ‘Customer 
Advisory Groups’ to learn what additional features would be of value to our 
customers. This iterative roll-out process ensures more effective and focussed 
product development that continually responds to customer needs.

This approach has proven highly effective in the ongoing development of our 
hybrid delivery model, and in respect of product enhancements that differentiate 
our offering and define our competitive advantage. 

Change since 2021
Same risk 

Change to risk
Since 2019 the Group recognised a principal risk relating to IR35 tax 
reforms, and the associated impact of the new legislation on the operation 
of the Group and its relationship with contractors providing key services. In 
the prior year, this risk was downgraded to be classified as low likelihood 
and low financial impact due to the successful implementation of 
processes to manage the transition. Processes and controls in place to 
effectively manage IR35 tax reforms have subsequently been fully 
integrated into the Group’s broader contractor and employee 
management structure, and therefore the Board considered it appropriate 
to remove the risk from the Group’s principal risks at 30 June 2022.

Supporting sustainability pillars

CP

Cultural Positivity

CE

Customer Empowerment

PA

Proactive Assurance

ER

Environmental Responsibility

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Risks and uncertainties facing the business continued

30

2.  Lack of changes to regulations and legislation

3.  People

4.  Intellectual property rights infringement

Supporting sustainability pillar(s): 

Supporting sustainability pillar(s): 

Supporting sustainability pillar(s): 

CE   PA

CP   ER

PA

Description
Wilmington’s businesses operate in the GRC markets. The product portfolio is 
therefore heavily centred around helping customers manage the operational 
complexity and increased risk caused by wide-ranging laws, regulations 
and legislation.

Description
The implementation and execution of our strategies and business plans depend 
heavily on our ability to recruit, motivate and retain a diverse workforce of skilled 
employees and management – particularly senior management, subject matter 
experts and those with technology and data analytics capabilities. 

Description
Protection of our intellectual property builds competitive advantage by 
strengthening barriers to entry. Our intangible resources include data, 
processes, technological know-how, branding and our workforce.

Intellectual property rights are integral to the Group’s success.

Mitigation
We take a zero tolerance approach to any intellectual property infringement 
and will take all necessary action to enforce our rights and proactively 
identify infringements. 

Wilmington’s policy is to litigate against any infringement of our intellectual 
property rights.

Operating businesses are actively encouraged to develop and protect 
the know-how in local jurisdictions.

Change since 2021
Same risk 

Changes to the regulatory landscape offer opportunities for Wilmington to 
leverage its knowledge and expertise to assist clients and customers with 
the change.

A lack of regulatory change would reduce new opportunities for growth and 
demand for existing products and services.

An inability to recruit, motivate or retain such people could adversely affect 
our business performance. 

Failure to recruit and develop a diverse talent base for the Group that does 
not reflect the diversity of the customers we serve could also adversely affect 
our reputation and business performance.

Mitigation
We actively monitor Government regulatory bodies and relevant committees 
to ensure that we understand the future landscape. This enables us to position 
both our existing and new products and services to help better deliver to our 
clients and customers.

Local plans are updated as part of the internal strategic planning process 
to enable us to respond quickly to market information and economic trends. 
Continual monitoring of market conditions and market changes against our 
Group strategy, supported by the reforecasting and reporting in all of our 
businesses, is key to our ability to respond rapidly to changes in our operating 
environment.

The ongoing volatility of the global economy, and associated societal impacts, 
indicates that continued regulatory and legislative change is likely in the short 
to medium term. However, the Group continues to innovate and diversify its 
product portfolio by offering more value-added products which are less 
dependent on changes in regulation. A core focus of our model, and a key 
characteristic of our business, is our ability to leverage our strengths to quickly 
adapt to changing customer requirements. This agility has underpinned the 
agility of our business model to continue to deliver growth during periods of 
significant uncertainty and change. 

Mitigation
We advocate positive employee experience as a core priority for all parts of our 
business, and we have a comprehensive People strategy to support this ambition.

The work of our People team covers an extensive range of issues that 
contribute to the development of a positive culture that is vital as we attract, 
retain and develop talent.

The work of the People team, with the sponsorship of the Board and the 
Executive Committee, delivers a wide range of services to enhance employee 
experience. These are underpinned by dedicated strategies that drive progress 
across the following key areas of focus:

•  Diversity and Inclusion;

•  Reward and recognition;

•  Talent acquisition and development; 

•  Wellbeing; and

•  Engagement.

The Group operates a competitive remuneration package that is enhanced by share 
plans for certain senior management, and also operates a Save As You Earn scheme 
for UK employees to further align the interests of employees and shareholders.

Change since 2021
Same risk 

Change since 2021
Same risk 

Supporting 
sustainability pillars

CP

Cultural Positivity

CE

Customer Empowerment

PA

Proactive Assurance

ER

Environmental Responsibility

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Risks and uncertainties facing the business continued

31

5.  Failure or significant interruption to IT systems 

6.  Technology and speed of change

7.  Remoteness of operations and globalisation

causing disruption to client service

Supporting sustainability pillar(s): 

Supporting sustainability pillar(s): 

Supporting sustainability pillar(s): 

PA

PA

PA

Description
Major failures in our IT systems may result in client service being interrupted or data 
being lost/corrupted causing damage to our reputation and/or a decline in revenue.

There is a risk that a cyber attack on our infrastructure by a malicious individual or 
group could be successful and impact critical systems used across the Group.

Mitigation
Our IT infrastructure is supported by a UK based third-party specialist, and is 
consistently reviewed and improved to ensure the best quality experience for 
both our employees and our customers. As part of the management strategy we 
have a shared hosting facility for our internal systems, giving us Tier 3 and ISO 
27001 data centres for extra security and a common disaster recovery position. 

We continued to focus on recruitment, retention and training of highly skilled 
internal IT and data specialists to ensure we demonstrate best practice service 
management. 

We continue to roll-out mandatory cyber security training for all staff to increase 
the awareness of this increasing threat. In addition, our outsourced IT 
infrastructure partner proactively monitors our network periphery for potential 
cyber-attacks. We also run education and simulations of cyber-attacks for staff 
to further increase awareness and reduce this risk.

Specific back-up and resilience requirements are built into our systems and we 
are increasingly becoming more cloud based.

Our critical infrastructure is set up so far as is reasonably practical to prevent 
unauthorised access and reduce the likelihood and impact of a successful attack.

Business continuity and disaster recovery plans are in place and are assessed 
continually to ensure that they cover the residual risks that cannot be mitigated. 

The Group also outsources the hosting of all websites improving resilience, 
efficiency and scalability.

Change since 2021
Same risk 

Description
Digital and technological transformation is now moving at a fast pace across 
the globe, disrupting value chains and transcending the traditional ways of 
conducting business. 

Description
A key operational risk emanates from the remoteness of operations away 
from key management personnel, and from the increasing global spread 
of our businesses. 

Digitisation continues to drive significant change in our customers’ business 
models, and in their appetite for products that align to these changes. Although 
digital and technological transformation offers Wilmington opportunities for 
growth and value creation, it comes with its own set of challenges and risks.

Mitigation
Our NPD process described in key risk 1 enables and encourages product 
innovation throughout our business. This has improved our rate of innovation 
to deliver ‘client centric’ products. 

Our Technology and Data teams have a significant range of valuable 
experience, including that gained in mature digital organisations. We actively 
deliver projects in an ‘agile’ fashion using strong product management 
methodologies. 

The rapid digitisation of our business in response to the Covid-19 pandemic 
demonstrated our ability to rapidly adapt to change in this area. The lessons 
learnt in that period of rapid transformation continue to guide our strategies 
for future development and effective mitigation of the risk that we will be 
challenged by rapid technological change. 

There is a currency risk from operating in a large number of countries.

Mitigation
Control is exercised locally in accordance with the Group’s policy of 
autonomous management. We seek to employ high quality local experts. 

The Executive Committee ensures that overall Group strategy is fulfilled 
through ongoing review of the businesses. The creation of centrally managed 
and divisional level oversight of finance, technology and people strategies 
provides a central insight into local operations and allows more central control 
than would be possible with geographically distributed functions.

We manage currency risk in local operations by matching revenue and costs in 
the same currency, closely monitoring our cash position and, where applicable, 
taking a low risk approach when applying treasury policy.

Change since 2021
Same risk 

Change since 2021
Same risk 

Supporting 
sustainability pillars

CP

Cultural Positivity

CE

Customer Empowerment

PA

Proactive Assurance

ER

Environmental Responsibility

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Risks and uncertainties facing the business continued

32

8.  Dependency on key data sources 

9. Major incidents

10. Reputational risk

Supporting sustainability pillar(s): 

Supporting sustainability pillar(s): 

Supporting sustainability pillar(s): 

PA

CP   PA

CP   PA

Description
Wilmington generates a significant amount of revenue from the sale of, or the 
licensed access to, data. This data is often sourced from third parties who 
provide to Wilmington either exclusive or non-exclusive licences to use the 
data.

There could be a significant decrease in the Group’s revenue if Wilmington were 
to lose these licences completely or in the case of exclusive arrangements if we 
were to lose the exclusive rights.

Description
We operate internationally and are exposed to major incidents and global 
events. These can be caused by extreme weather, natural disasters, major 
disease outbreak, military action, civil unrest or terrorism. 

In most cases, there is relatively little businesses can do to control causes of 
major incidents. Major incidents have the potential to cause harm and injury to 
people, venues and facilities and severely interrupt business. Our face-to-face 
events and training business is particularly vulnerable to this type of risk.

Description
Much of the Group’s revenue is generated by training clients in matters of 
Regulatory Compliance, or by hosting events that debate such topics.

If the Group were to suffer a compliance breach itself then prospective clients 
may call into question its fitness to provide such training or host such events.

The overseas entities in the Group are exposed to bribery and compliance 
breaches. Non-compliance with the territories legislation could cause 
reputational damage to the Group.

Mitigation
We monitor key data licence contracts across the business to ensure that 
all key contracts that are close to expiring are identified as early as possible.

We have close working relationships with the third parties to these contracts 
and aim to start negotiations to extend the contracts at an early stage to give 
Wilmington the best possible chance of renegotiating and extending the 
contracts.

Change since 2021
Same risk 

Mitigation
The Group continues to carefully manage the proportion of its income 
generated from large face-to-face events to reduce exposure to this risk. It also 
continues to focus on a hybrid delivery model for all of its products to allow 
adaptation in the event of a major incident. 

The Group’s events function also has event-specific strategies to mitigate the 
risk of disruption from major incidents, including selecting well-connected 
locations with reliable infrastructure systems and seeking flexible agreements 
with venues to increase the potential to transfer or postpone events if 
disruption does occur.

The Covid-19 pandemic demonstrated that a major incident does have the 
ability to impact multiple locations over a protracted time period. However, 
continued innovation and investment across the Group have demonstrated 
that the ability to operate on a 100% digital basis provides significant mitigation 
to this risk. 

The Group assesses the value of insurance cover for cancellations on a 
case by case basis, to ensure the associated cost and reliability of cover 
is considered economical.

Change since 2021
Same risk 

Mitigation
The Board maintains a zero-tolerance approach to non-adherence with laws 
and regulations. This is clearly communicated to employees and is reinforced 
through the Company’s internal communications. 

The Board receives regular updates on changes to applicable legislation and 
regulation and plans, both in the UK and overseas in order to adopt them across 
the Group. 

Individual businesses operate under specific independent brands, and this 
helps mitigate the potential fall-out across the Group if there was an issue in 
any specific business.

The Group also has a policy to retain emails for a limit of two years to prevent 
loss of key data. 

Change since 2021
Same risk 

Supporting 
sustainability pillars

CP

Cultural Positivity

CE

Customer Empowerment

PA

Proactive Assurance

ER

Environmental Responsibility

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

TCFD disclosure

Climate change
– impact and adaptation

As we continue to assess the impacts of climate change on our business, 
we have further aligned our work with the recommendations of the Task 
Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’). Central to this 
work has been the analysis performed during the year to assess 
climate-related risks and opportunities, and to consider different 
outcomes depending on potential future scenarios.

We anticipate that climate change will have a wide range of impacts on 
all of our stakeholders because of the strong interconnection between 
environmental conditions and societal change. Therefore, whilst our 
business model exhibits an inherent resilience to the worst physical 
impacts of climate change, our assessment highlighted that the transition 
to a lower carbon economy will have direct implications for our core 
offering in the Governance, Risk and Compliance markets, and that the 
broader impacts of both physical and transition risks will affect how our 
people, customers and suppliers operate effectively. 

Governance and responsibilities 
Board oversight of the Group’s response to climate change sits with the 
Audit Committee Chair, and ultimate responsibility for management sits 
with the Chief Financial Officer. Responsibility for day-to-day 
management sits with the Group Finance and Sustainability Director, in 
collaboration with the Executive Committee and Senior Leadership Team. 
This approach to governance is integrated with the Group’s broader 
strategic planning process, its sustainability governance framework as 
outlined on page 18, and the Group’s risk assessment process as 
described on pages 27 to 32.

Impact assessment 
Our assessment identified ten potential climate change impacts that are 
relevant to Wilmington, and these include both physical impacts and those 
related to the transition to a low carbon economy. The strategic 
implications of each impact identified have been considered in the context 
of their potential to disrupt or enhance the Group’s potential to deliver its 
broader strategic objectives, as summarised on pages 8 to 9. Where a 
climate-related risk aligns strongly to one of the Group’s existing risks and 

associated mitigation strategies, it has been mapped to the relevant 
principal risk. Each impact identified has also been classified in relation 
its potential to increase exposure to a risk or generate viable new 
market opportunities. 

Classification

Low 

Moderate 

High 

Exposure: 
effectiveness of 
risk mitigation

Prevent material 
impact on strategic 
progress

Reduce extent of 
material impact on 
strategic progress

Failure to prevent 
material impact on 
strategic progress

Potential: result 
of associated 
opportunity

Unlikely to generate 
financial returns

Could generate 
immaterial financial 
returns

Could generate 
material financial 
returns

Quantifying the impacts
The focus of our assessment has been to perform a robust qualitative 
analysis that can be used to effectively inform our response to climate 
change as an integral part of the Group’s strategic planning processes. 
Whilst we have not quantified these impacts specifically, the nature of the 
most relevant issues identified aligned strongly to those assessed as part 
of the Group’s viability assessment. As disclosed on page 36, as part of 
this assessment we modelled the potential financial impacts of the 
Group’s principal risks over a three year period. Reference to this viability 
testing therefore provided scope to validate the reasonableness of our 
assumptions regarding which climate impacts could have a material 
impact on the financial returns of the Group in the short term. Whilst the 
medium and long term implications have not been quantified, the 
assessment and scenario planning analysis have demonstrated that the 
nature of the impacts would be strongly aligned over these time periods.

33

Graphic 
tbc

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

TCFD disclosure continued

34

Climate impacts

Exposure/Potential

Strategic implications and response summary

Physical 
impacts

Extreme climate events disrupt office 
and home-working infrastructure

Risk: Low

Opportunity: N/A

Extreme climate events disrupt face-to-face 
events or training, and business development 
opportunities

Risk: Low

Opportunity: N/A

Sector specific physical impacts disrupt 
customers in high exposure categories

Risk: Low

Opportunity: Moderate

Extreme climate events cause supply chain 
disruption

Risk: Low

Opportunity: N/A

Transition 
impacts

Transition to low carbon economy triggers 
shift in customer markets 

Risk: Low

Opportunity: High

Changing attitudes to business travel

Risk: Low

Opportunity: N/A

Evolution of carbon taxes

Risk: Low

Opportunity: Moderate

Policy change regarding domestic infrastructure Risk: Low

Opportunity: N/A

Increased corporate reporting requirements 

Risk: Low

Opportunity: High

Inherent resilience through agile workforce and hybrid working practice. Continue to invest in technological capabilities and review resilience 
of office infrastructure as part of ongoing strategic planning and capital investment processes. Maintain strong employee engagement 
and support.
Principal risk alignment:  3  – People,  5  – IT system disruption,  9  – Major incidents
Inherent resilience due to digital-first model and hybrid delivery capabilities. Continue to follow risk mitigation plan integrated into face-to-face 
events planning process. Continue to factor potential costs of transition to virtual alternatives into budgetary planning process.
Principal risk alignment:  5  – IT system disruption,  6  – Technology,  9  – Major incidents
Relatively low customer concentration in high exposure categories. Requirement for regulatory insight and training likely to increase due to 
climate change triggering further reliance on our services. Continue to innovate and provide mission critical information and training to 
customers to protect revenue streams.

Principal risk alignment: N/A

Inherent resilience through low supplier concentration and limited reliance on raw materials. Continue to assess viability risk of material 
suppliers in line with risk policy.
Principal risk alignment:  5  – IT system disruption
Strong alignment to GRC markets focus. Maintain strong communication channels with customers and continue to innovate to meet changing 
needs. Integrate climate-related content and solutions into core data and training products. Successful realisation of opportunities is 
dependent on talent, innovation and operational effectiveness.
Principal risk alignment:  1  – Market and innovation,  3  – People,  6  – Technology,  8  – Data source reliance 
Inherent resilience due to digital-first model. Maintain flexibility to offer hybrid delivery and focus on quality in digital alternatives to face-to-face 
products. Maintain strong communication with customers via virtual formats.
Principal risk alignment:  5  – IT system disruption,  6  – Technology
Limited exposure due to industry focus. Maintain strong visibility of potential future cost and compliance implications as part of budgetary 
planning processes. Maintain focus on updating core product offering to align to associated regulatory change. 
Principal risk alignment:  10  – Reputation
Exposure limited to workforce disruption caused by domestic infrastructure changes. Continue to provide office premises for effective 
operations, and maintain commitment to Real Living Wage. 
Principal risk alignment:  3  – People
Limited exposure due to strong internal reporting processes. Maintain strong internal processes to ensure timely integration of policy change 
into training material and associated services. 

Principal risk alignment:  1  – Market and innovation,  2  – Regulation

Stakeholder expectations of Wilmington’s 
response to climate change

Risk: Low

Opportunity: High

Limited exposure due to strong commitment to participation in the climate agenda. Future talent attraction and retention, and good customer 
engagement will be significantly enhanced by clear demonstration of our commitment to environmental responsibility. 
Principal risk alignment:  3  – People,  10  – Reputation

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

TCFD disclosure continued

Scenario analysis
As part of our climate impacts assessment we considered the potential for 
the risks and opportunities identified to vary depending on different future 
scenarios. The differentiating factors most relevant to our business are the 
severity of physical impacts on our people and other stakeholders, and the 
speed, nature and impact of regulatory change. Therefore our approach to 
selecting illustrative scenarios was to ensure our analysis encompassed the 
most extreme cases in respect of these two variables. Accordingly, we have 
used three scenarios which reflect reference to three core SSPs1  used within 
the IPCC2 Sixth Assessment Report in addition to qualitative analysis by the 
IEA3 to provide insight into the indicative socio-economic conditions that 
would result from different levels of warming, and the related policy outcomes. 

A summary of these scenarios and indicative socio-economic conditions 
is provided below.

Indicative 
assumptions

Related SSP

Temperature 
rise trajectory

Policy change 

Customer 
impact

Innovation and 
adaptation

Scenario 1

Scenario 2

Scenario 3

1–1.9

1.5°C

1–2.6

<2°C

5–8.5

6°C

Significant and 
timely 
decarbonisation 
policy 
implementation

Transition 
towards 
decarbonisation 
focussed policy 
implementation

Business as 
usual, reactive 
change only

Significant and 
timely 
adaptation. 
Demand for 
GRC solutions 
increases

Investment 
facilitates 
streamlined 
transition to low 
carbon 
economy

Transition 
towards 
adaptive 
measures. 
Demand for 
GRC solutions 
increases

Heavy reliance 
on good 
adaptive 
technologies to 
facilitate 
transition to low 
carbon 
economy

Significant 
disruption from 
physical risks 
diverts resource

Limited and 
delayed 
investment in 
adaptive 
technologies 

1. 

2. 

3. 

Shared Socio-Economic Pathway.

Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change.

International Energy Agency.

35

The below chart provides an illustrative summary of the implications for 
potential outcomes in respect of the climate change impacts most 
relevant to Wilmington’s strategy for each of the three scenarios.

Disclosures detailing the implementation of the eleven core recommendations 
of TCFD are included throughout the Annual Report as follows:

TCFD recommendation

Disclosure

s
e
i
t
i
n
u
t
r
o
p
p
o
n
o
e
s

i
l

a
t
i
p
a
c
o
t

l

a
i
t
n
e
t
o
P

e
g
n
a
h
c
y
r
o
t
a
u
g
e
r

l

m
o
r
f

h
g
H

i

e
t
a
r
e
d
o
M

w
o
L

SC1

SC2

SC3

Low

Moderate

High

Likelihood and magnitude of physical 

impacts disrupting operations

Future focus
Our assessment has demonstrated that the climate-related impacts most 
relevant to Wilmington align strongly to the Group’s principal risks that 
consider disruption to operational effectiveness, and our ability to lead in 
product innovation and the delivery of excellent customer experience. The 
assessment also demonstrates that the needs of our customers during 
the transition to a lower carbon economy will strongly align to our core 
offering in governance, risk and compliance. This assessment also 
concluded that there is no indication of material financial exposure to the 
climate-related risks identified. 

The Board therefore consider the Group to be well positioned to meet its 
strategic objectives by continuing to integrate its assessment of climate 
change impacts into its existing risk management and strategic planning 
processes, ensuring it retains the agility to respond in a way that achieves 
the best outcomes for all its stakeholders.

1.1 Governance: Board oversight of 

climate-related risks and 
opportunities

1.2 Governance: Management of 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities

2.1 Strategy: Short, medium and long 
term climate-related risks and 
opportunities 

2.2 Strategy: Impact of climate-

related risks and opportunities on 
businesses, strategy, and financial 
planning

2.3 Strategy: Resilience of the 

strategy, taking into consideration 
different climate–related 
scenarios, including a 2°C or lower 
scenario

3.1 Risk: Processes for identifying 
and assessing climate–related 
risks

3.2 Risk: Processes for identifying, 
assessing, and managing 
climate–related risks and their 
integration into overall risk 
management

4.1 Metrics and Targets: Metrics 
used to assess climate-related 
risks and opportunities in line with 
its strategy and risk management 
process

4.2 Metrics and Targets: Scope 1, 2 
and 3 greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) 
emissions, and related risks

4.3 Metrics and Targets: Targets 
used to manage climate-related 
risks and opportunities and 
performance against targets

Climate change impact 
and adaptation p. 33–35

Responsible business p. 18

Governance report p. 39

Risk management p. 27–32

Climate change impact 
and adaptation p. 33–35

Climate change impact 
and adaptation p. 33–35

Climate change impact 
and adaptation p. 33–35

Climate change impact 
and adaptation p. 33–35

Risk management p. 27–32

Climate change impact 
and adaptation p. 33–35

Risk management p. 27–32

Climate change impact 
and adaptation p. 33–35

Climate change impact 
and adaptation p. 33–35

Responsible business p. 18

Responsible business p. 18

Responsible business p. 18

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Viability statement

Assessing the future prospects of the Group is integral to the Board’s 
business planning process, and is also closely aligned to the risk 
management process as detailed on pages 27 to 32. The planning 
process includes detailed financial forecasting, regular performance 
analysis, robust risk management assessment, and continued monitoring 
of industry trends and wider economic conditions. 

In the context of the challenging economic environment in which the Group 
operates, the Board has performed a detailed assessment to conclude on:

•  The appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis in preparing 
the financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2022, as disclosed 
in note 1 to the financial statements; and

•  The long term viability of the Group. 

Full details of the Group’s financing arrangements are set out in note 19 
to the financial statements. 

Viability
In accordance with Provision 31 of the 2018 Corporate Governance Code, 
the Directors have considered the prospects of the Group over a longer 
period than the twelve months required under the going concern 
provision. The Directors have determined that a three year period is an 
appropriate term over which to provide its viability statement, being 
consistent with that covered by the Group’s strategic planning process 
which includes broader consideration of the Group’s principal risks and 
uncertainties over the same period. The Directors also consider the 
business to be sufficiently agile to respond to volatility over a longer time 
frame in a way that would mitigate potential unforeseen downside. 

Assessment process
The Group’s viability assessment has taken account of its current position 
and the potential impact of the principal risks documented on pages 29 to 
32. The review has focussed on the occurrence of severe but plausible 
scenarios in respect of every principal risk and considered the potential of 
these scenarios to threaten viability. The financial impact of each scenario 
was quantified where appropriate, and subsequently mapped to a set of 
mitigative actions that would be taken to manage the risk. Stress testing 
analysis was also performed, illustrating the ability of the Group to manage 
the impact of severe downside scenarios on its future financial position. The 
severe downside scenarios considered as part of this work were as follows:

•  Aggressive recessionary impacts on revenue across the whole 

product portfolio.

•  Nil growth within businesses projected to benefit from new product 

development.

36

•  Extreme events disrupting the workforce, customers and suppliers.

•  Cancellation of flagship events and assumed non-viability of alternatives.

The outcome of this assessment indicated that the Group’s risk 
management process, control systems and current risk appetite are 
sufficiently robust that a comprehensive response strategy could be 
actioned to protect the prospects of the Group in the event of such 
scenarios occurring. 

On this basis the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group 
will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due 
over the viability assessment period.

Internal control
The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of internal control and risk 
management, and for reviewing the effectiveness of these systems. These 
systems are designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure 
to achieve business objectives, and to provide reasonable, but not 
absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.

ii) Management information systems
Effective planning, annual budgeting and monthly forecasting systems 
are in place, as well as a monthly review of actual results compared with 
forecast, budget and the prior year. The annual budget and monthly 
forecasts are reviewed by the Board. Risk assessment and evaluation 
takes place as an integral part of this process. Monthly reports on 
performance are provided to the Board and the Group reports results 
to shareholders twice a year.

Insurance cover for the Group, as well as individual operating companies, 
has been procured where it is considered appropriate.

iii) Acquisitions, disposals and treasury
The Board also discusses in detail the projected financial impact of 
proposed acquisitions and disposals, including their financing. All such 
proposed investments are considered by all Directors. The Board is also 
responsible for reviewing and approving the Group’s treasury strategy, 
including mitigation against changes in interest rates and foreign 
exchange rates.

In line with the Turnbull Report recommendations, the Board regularly 
reviews the effectiveness of the Group’s systems of internal control. The 
Board’s monitoring covers all controls, including financial, operational and 
compliance controls and risk management. It is based principally on 
reviewing reports from management to consider whether significant risks 
are identified, evaluated, managed and controlled.

Organisations
There are well-structured financial and administrative functions at both 
the Group and operating company level, staffed by appropriately qualified 
individuals. The key functions at Group level include: Group accounting, 
corporate development, Group treasury, Group legal, human resources, 
IT and data services, company secretarial and Group taxation.

Further details of principal risks are given on pages 29 to 32 and details of 
financial risks such as interest rate risk, liquidity risk and foreign currency 
risk are given in the financial statements in note 21.

The key features of the internal financial control system that operated 
throughout the period are as follows:

i) Financial reporting
The Board reviewed the Annual Report, together with the preliminary 
and interim results announcements. The Board also reviews and 
approves Trading Announcements (as appropriate).

The Board, together with the Audit Committee, considered the 
appropriateness of the Group’s accounting policies, critical accounting 
estimates and key judgments. It reviewed detailed accounting papers 
prepared by management on areas of financial reporting judgment, as 
outlined in the Audit Committee report on pages 44 to 45.

The Board together with the Audit Committee considered and is satisfied that, 
taken as a whole, the Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable, 
and that it provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the Group’s performance, business model and strategy.

Other matters
The Group has no known issues relating to human rights or modern 
slavery matters. The welfare of all the Group’s stakeholders, including the 
community, is carefully considered to ensure that such parties are not 
adversely affected by the Group’s actions in the course of its day-to-day 
business. Further details of the Group’s stakeholder engagement 
processes can be found in the Section 172 statement on pages 16 to 17.

The information forming the Strategic report on pages 1 to 36 was 
approved and authorised for issue by the Board and signed on its behalf 
on 21 September 2022.

Guy Millward 
Chief Financial Officer 
21 September 2022

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

37

Our
Governance

38  Board of Directors

39  Corporate governance report

44  Audit Committee report

46  Nomination Committee report

47  Directors’ Remuneration report

59 

 Directors’ report and other 
statutory information

61 

 Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Wilmington plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Board of Directors

38

A N R

A N R

A N R

A N R

Martin Morgan
Chair 

Mark Milner
Chief Executive Officer 

Guy Millward
Chief Financial Officer and 
Company Secretary

Helen Sachdev
Independent  
Non‑Executive Director

Paul Dollman
Independent  
Non‑Executive Director

William Macpherson
Independent  
Non‑Executive Director

Appointment to the Board
May 2018

Appointment to the Board
July 2019

Appointment to the Board
November 2020

Appointment to the Board
April 2020

Appointment to the Board
September 2015

Appointment to the Board
February 2021

Skills and experience
Martin Morgan has over 30 years 
of media and B2B experience, 
having spent a large proportion 
of his career at Daily Mail and 
General Trust plc (‘DMGT’). Martin 
was Chief Executive of DMG 
Information and subsequently held 
the position of Chief Executive of 
DMGT from 2008 to 2016. He 
brings a wealth of experience 
from subsequent directorships, 
including the positions of  
Non-Executive Director of 
Euromoney Institutional Investor 
plc between 2008 and 2016 and 
Chair of Signal Media Limited 
between 2017 and 2019. 

Other appointments
Martin is currently Advisor to 
MMC Ventures.

Skills and experience
Mark Milner joined Wilmington 
from the Daily Mail and General 
Trust plc (‘DMGT’) where since 
2001 he held a number of senior 
roles. These included Chief 
Executive Officer of Landmark 
Information Group, its property 
information division, from 2013 to 
2018. Prior to this, Mark was Chief 
Executive Officer of the Digital 
Property Group, responsible for 
running its consumer-focussed 
property portals, PrimeLocation, 
Findaproperty and Globrix until its 
merger with Zoopla in 2012. 
Between 2001 and 2008 Mark 
held a variety of positions at 
Associated Northcliffe Digital Ltd, 
becoming Managing Director of 
the specialist division. Whilst there 
he was involved in the launch of 
Mail Online, which subsequently 
became the world’s most visited 
English language news site. Mark’s 
early career was spent in 
commercial and sales roles in 
the newspaper industry.

Skills and experience
Guy Millward has extensive 
experience in senior finance 
positions at several publicly listed 
and privately held technology 
companies. His previous roles 
include that of CFO at Imagination 
Technologies Group plc, 
Advanced Computer Software 
Group plc, Quixant plc, Metapack 
Limited, Bighand Limited, and 
Group Finance Director at Alterian 
plc, Morse plc and Kewill plc. Guy 
is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in 
England and Wales.

Other appointments
Guy is currently a Non-Executive 
Director and Chair of the Audit 
Committee at Eckoh plc. 

Skills and experience
Helen Sachdev is a founding 
Director of the B2B coaching 
practice WOMBA (Work, Me and 
the Baby). Helen brings a wealth of 
experience to Wilmington 
following a successful blue-chip 
executive career in retail at 
Sainsbury’s and Tesco, in retail 
banking with Barclays and in 
residential property with Marsh & 
Parsons. She was a Non-Executive 
Director of Communisis plc from 
June 2018 until its acquisition in 
December 2018, and a Non-
Executive Director of McKay 
Securities plc until May 2022. She 
is an accredited Ashridge coach 
and a Fellow of the Chartered 
Institute of Management 
Accountants. 

Other appointments
Helen is a Non-Executive Director 
and Chair of the Loughborough 
Building Society and a Non-
Executive Director and Chair 
of PPL PRS Limited. 

Skills and experience
Paul Dollman is a Chartered 
Accountant and enjoyed a 
successful career in finance as the 
Group Finance Director of John 
Menzies plc. He was also a 
Non-Executive Director of Air 
Partner plc, an aviation services 
business, where he was the Audit 
Committee Chair until April 2022. 
Paul is the Senior Independent 
Director (‘SID’).

Other appointments
Paul is the Audit Committee Chair 
of Verastar, a private equity owned 
business which provides essential 
business services (telecoms, 
water and energy and insurance) 
to the small business market. He is 
also a member of the Competition 
Appeals Tribunal. 

Skills and experience
William Macpherson brings 
a wealth of experience to 
Wilmington following a successful 
executive career as CEO of a 
number of professional education 
and skills development 
organisations. He was CEO of QA 
between 2008 and 2019 during 
which time the company achieved 
very significant growth. Prior to 
that he was CEO of Kaplan 
International, The Financial 
Training Company and Wolters 
Kluwer Professional Training. 
William is the Director responsible 
for worker representation at 
Wilmington. 

Other appointments
William is a Non-Executive Director 
and Chair of Learning Curve Group 
Limited, Chair of Hatcham College 
Academy and a Non-Executive 
Director of the London Film School. 

Committee key

A Audit Committee

N Nomination Committee

R Remuneration Committee

Committee Chair

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Corporate governance report

39

Demonstrating
good governance

Martin Morgan
Non‑Executive Chair

Chair’s introduction
Responsibility for good governance lies with the Board. As a Board we are 
committed to maintaining the highest standards of corporate governance 
and believe that an effective, challenging and diverse board is essential to 
enabling the Group to deliver its strategy and achieve long term value for 
its stakeholders. Further information on our strategy and business model 
can be found in the Strategic report on pages 1 to 36.

The Board is dedicated to setting the right tone at the top by promoting 
an inclusive culture that fosters innovation, ambition and curiosity whilst 
demonstrating the highest standards of integrity. Our robust governance 
structure, combined with our commitment to responsible business 
practice, sits at the heart of our approach to management at all levels, 
facilitating sustainable growth that delivers positive outcomes for all of 
the Group’s stakeholders. 

By promoting a responsible business culture we continue to demand the 
highest professional standards from all of our people all of the time. To 
reinforce that we have a comprehensive portfolio of policies accessible to all 
staff to support their day-to-day decision making. We have a zero tolerance 
approach to breaches of the conduct standards set out in these policies. 

Further details of the work that underpins our approach to responsible 
business are set out in the Sustainability report on pages 18 to 24.

Compliance with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code
The Group abides by the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code published 
by the Financial Reporting Council (‘FRC’). The Board has put in place 
provisions to ensure compliance with the Code such that it believes it 
is in compliance except for the following matter: 

The 2018 Code removes the small company exemption that the Company 
has previously taken to allow the Chair to be a member of the Audit 
Committee. The Board, advised by the Nomination Committee, currently 
believes it is appropriate that the Chair remains a member of the Audit 
Committee given the size of Wilmington plc and his experience. This 
decision will be assessed annually.

Stakeholder engagement (Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006)
The Board has always considered the potential impact of the Group’s 
activities on its various stakeholders. The key stakeholders of the Group 
are set out in the Strategic report on pages 16 to 17, which also includes 
information about how the Company engages with them and how the 
Directors, supported by the wider business, show regard for the matters 
set out under Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006. The Board believes 
that the Company can only be successful when the interests of these 
stakeholders are considered, and reflected accordingly in the Company’s 
decision making processes and strategic objectives.

The Board regards it as important to maintain an active dialogue with our 
shareholders. Further details regarding engagement with shareholders 
are set out on page 16. The Board receives regular reports from the 
Executives, the Chair and the advisors on feedback from 
shareholder meetings.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Corporate governance report continued

Composition and independence
The composition of the Board remained consistent during the year. The Board 
reviews Non-Executive Director independence on an annual basis and takes 
into account the individual’s professional experience, their behaviour at Board 
meetings and their contribution to unbiased and independent debate. All of 
the Non-Executive Directors are considered by the Board to be independent. 
The Chair was considered independent on appointment.

The Board consisted of a majority of Independent Non-Executive 
Directors throughout the year. Biographical details of all the current 
Directors are set out on page 38.

Diversity
The Board believes that an inclusive culture will enhance diversity within 
our business, which in turn is a key factor driving the Group’s success. Our 
vision is for Wilmington to be a company with rich diversity, experiences, 
knowledge, and perspectives, which powers our innovation and creativity 
to help our customers to do the right business in the right way. During the 
year our Diversity and Inclusion working group has implemented a wide 
range of initiatives that are driving progress towards this vision. 

At the start of the year we made a commitment to ensuring that 
Wilmington has a robust data collection and analysis process in place to 
facilitate more comprehensive reporting on indicators of diversity within 
our workforce. By asking our employees to share their diversity data, we 
are building a rich picture of the characteristics that make our people 
unique, and this in turn is helping us to measure progress against our 
ambition to create a truly inclusive working environment. The data we have 
collected to better understand what makes our people unique is set out 
alongside details of the progress made against our Diversity and Inclusion 
strategy in the Sustainability report on pages 19 to 20. 

40

Governance framework

Chair

Board: Chair, two Executive Directors and three Non‑Executive Directors

Audit Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Chief Executive 
Officer

Remuneration 
Committee

Executive Committee: Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer,  
Chief Operating Officer and Chief People Officer

Business/Divisional  
operating boards

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Corporate governance report continued

Length of tenure of Directors (years)
Number of complete years of service as a Director at 1 July 2022:

Martin Morgan

Mark Milner

Guy Millward

Helen Sachdev

Paul Dollman

William Macpherson 

Balance of Directors

17%

50%

Chair1717+

33%

Executive

Independent Non-Executive

The Directors
As at the date of this report the Directors of the Company are:

Chair
Martin Morgan

Executive Directors
Mark Milner 
Guy Millward 

Independent Non‑Executive Directors
Paul Dollman (Senior Independent Director)  
Helen Sachdev  
William Macpherson 

41

Senior Leadership composition
The table below outlines the gender identity and ethnicity as voluntarily 
disclosed by the Directors and the Senior Leadership Team, including the 
Executive Committee. The diversity characteristics of the wider workforce 
and further information about the work we are doing to increase diversity at 
all levels across the Group are disclosed in the Sustainability report on 
pages 19 and 20. 

Gender

Directors

Senior Leadership Team

Female

Male

Other 1

Prefer not
 to say

Female

Male

Other 1

Prefer not
 to say

2022

17% 83%

0%

0%

29% 57%

14%

0%

Ethnicity

Directors

Senior Leadership Team

Asian/
Black/
 Mixed/
Multiple

White

Prefer not
 to say

Other 1

2022 100%

0%

0%

0%

Asian/
Black/
 Mixed/
Multiple

Prefer not
 to say

Other 1

7%

14%

0%

White

79%

Leadership
The Board
The Company is controlled through the Board of Directors which, at 30 June 
2022, comprised a Chair, two Executives and three Non-Executive Directors. 
Short biographies of each Director are set out on page 38. The Board focusses 
on the formulation of strategy, governance and the establishment of policies, 
stewardship of resources and review of business performance.

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company, subject to the 
Company’s articles of association (the ‘Articles’), the Companies Act 2006 and 
any directions given by the shareholders by special resolution. The Articles 
may be amended by a special resolution of the Company’s shareholders.

The Board meets as often as necessary to discharge its duties effectively. 
In the financial year ended 30 June 2022, eight main Board meetings were 
scheduled and the Directors’ attendance record is set out on page 42.

The Board has three formally constituted Committees, the Audit 
Committee, the Remuneration Committee and the Nomination 
Committee, each of which operates with defined terms of reference. 
The terms of reference of the three Committees are available on the 
Company’s website, www.wilmingtonplc.com. The Audit Committee met 
three times during the year, the Nomination Committee met once, and the 
Remuneration Committee met three times.

There is an Executive Committee that is responsible for the day-to-day 
management of the Company’s business within a framework of delegated 
responsibilities. It is chaired by the Chief Executive Officer and includes the 
Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief People Officer.

Chair and Chief Executive Officer
The roles of the Chair and the Chief Executive Officer are held by separate 
individuals and the Board has clearly defined their responsibilities. 

The Chair is primarily responsible for the effective working of the Board, 
ensuring that each Director, including the Non-Executive Directors, is able 
to make an effective contribution and provide constructive comments 
on the business. The Chief Executive Officer has responsibility for all 
operational matters which includes the implementation of Group 
strategy and policies approved by the Board.

Non‑Executive Directors
All the Non-Executive Directors are independent of the Company’s 
executive management and free from any business or other relationship 
that could materially interfere with the exercise of their independent 
judgment. The Chair was considered independent on appointment. The 
Non-Executive Directors are responsible for bringing independent and 
objective judgment and scrutiny of all matters before the Board and its 
Committees, using their substantial and wide-ranging experience.

The terms and conditions of appointment of Non-Executive Directors are 
available for inspection at the Company’s registered office during normal 
business hours and at the Annual General Meeting.

Senior Independent Director
Paul Dollman is the Senior Independent Director (‘SID’). His role as SID includes:

•  being available to shareholders if they have concerns which contact 
through the Chair, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer 
has failed to resolve (there were no requests from shareholders to 
meet the SID during the year); and

•  meeting with the other Non-Executive Directors on the Board once a 
year to assess the Chair’s performance, taking into account the views 
of the Executive Directors.

Company Secretary
Guy Millward is the Company Secretary in addition to his role as an 
Executive Director. In his role as Company Secretary, he supports the 
Board in its operation and ensures that board processes are followed and 
good corporate governance standards are maintained. All Directors have 
access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary. The Board 
recognises the potential conflict in combining the roles of Chief Financial 
Officer and Company Secretary, but believes it is appropriate for a group 
of Wilmington’s size given the other support available to the Directors. 

1. 

 Other includes individuals based in territories where we were unable to collect data due 
to relevant local legislative factors.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022+
33
33
+
+
50
50
+
+
K
K
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Corporate governance report continued

42

Effectiveness
Meetings
The Board has a formal schedule of matters specifically reserved to it for 
decision which it reviews periodically. This schedule includes approval of 
acquisitions, disposals and items of major capital expenditure. The Board 
also reviews the Group’s risk register, wider risk assessment and viability 
review. At each Board meeting the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer provide a review of the business and its performance, 
together with strategic issues arising. The Non-Executive Directors may 
meet separately from the Executive Directors usually either before or after 
Board meetings, to discuss relevant matters. In the year the range of 
subjects discussed by the Board included:

• 

the Group’s financial results and key business;

•  progress on the ongoing strategic reviews;

• 

the Group’s debt and capital structure including the arrangements 
for sufficient debt facilities;

•  dividend policy;

• 

• 

• 

• 

regulatory and governance issues;

the development of the Group’s people including a quarterly talent review;

the Group’s risk register and its response to TCFD recommendations; and

insurance policy and cover.

In addition to the eight main meetings described above, the Board has 
two strategy meetings each year at which the Group’s strategic direction, 
viability plan and significant projects are discussed. 

Where additional meetings are required between main Board meetings 
and a full complement of Directors cannot be achieved, a Committee of 
Directors considers the necessary formalities.

Attendance table

Main Board 
meetings attended

Main Board 
meetings eligible 
to attend

Induction and professional development
The Chair is responsible for ensuring that induction and training are 
provided to each Director and for organising the induction process 
and regular updating and training of Board members. 

Martin Morgan (Chair)

Mark Milner (Chief Executive Officer)

Guy Millward (Chief Financial Officer)

Paul Dollman (Non-Executive)

Helen Sachdev (Non-Executive)

William Macpherson (Non-Executive)

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

Information flow
The Chair, together with the Company Secretary, ensures that the 
Directors receive clear information on all relevant matters in a timely 
manner. Board papers are circulated sufficiently in advance of meetings 
for them to be thoroughly digested to ensure clarity of informed debate. 
The Board papers contain the Chief Executive Officer’s and the Chief 
Financial Officer’s written reports, high level papers on each business 
area, key metrics and specific papers relating to agenda items. The Board 
papers are accompanied by a management information pack containing 
detailed financial and other supporting information. The Board receives 
updates throughout the year and occasional ad hoc papers on matters 
of particular relevance or importance.

Time commitment
The Board is satisfied that the Chair and each of the Non-Executive 
Directors committed sufficient time during the year to enable them to 
fulfil their duties as Directors of the Company. None of the Non-Executive 
Directors have any conflicts of interest.

Training and updates in relation to the business of the Group and the legal 
and regulatory responsibilities of Directors were provided throughout the 
year by a variety of means including presentations by executives, visits to 
business operations, external presentations and circulation of briefing 
material. Individual Directors are also expected to take responsibility for 
identifying their training needs and ensuring they are adequately informed 
about the Group and their responsibilities as a Director. The Board is 
confident that all its members have the knowledge, ability and experience 
to perform the functions required of a Director of a listed company.

Access to independent advice
Any Director who considers it necessary or appropriate may take independent, 
professional advice at the Company’s expense. None of the Directors 
sought such advice in the year.

Board evaluation and performance review
Towards the end of the financial year, the Board conducted an internal 
annual evaluation of its own performance, of each of its sub-committees 
and of each individual Director. The Board considered the need for 
external facilitation of this process but decided it was unnecessary at 
this stage in its development. 

The Board evaluation was led by the Chair. He conducted one-to-one 
interviews with each of the Directors, and then reported to the Nomination 
Committee where his findings were considered. The review concluded 
that the Board, its sub-committees and each of the Directors continued 
to be effective. The Board noted that its diversity did not fully reflect the 
position across the Group and resolved to consider this when making 
new appointments. 

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Corporate governance report continued

Effectiveness continued
Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee and the Board seek to maintain an 
appropriate balance between the Executive and Non-Executive Directors. 
The Nomination Committee Chair is William Macpherson. The Committee 
has full responsibility for reviewing the Board structure and for interviewing 
and nominating candidates to serve on the Board as well as reviewing 
senior executive development. Suitable candidates, once nominated, 
meet with the Chair and the Chief Executive Officer. The candidates are 
then put forward for consideration and appointment by the Board as a 
whole. The Committee has access to external professional advice at 
the Company’s expense as and when required.

The main roles and responsibilities of the Nomination Committee are set 
out in written terms of reference which are available on the Company’s 
website, www.wilmingtonplc.com/investors/corporate-governance/
roles-board. Details of the Nomination Committee’s activities can be 
found in the Nomination Committee report on page 46.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is composed of all the Non-Executive Directors 
including the Chair. The Audit Committee Chair is Paul Dollman. The Board 
considers that Paul has the necessary recent and relevant experience to 
fulfil the role.

The main roles and responsibilities of the Audit Committee are set out in 
written terms of reference which are available on the Company’s website, 
www.wilmingtonplc.com/investors/corporate-governance/roles-board. 
Details of the Audit Committee’s policies and activities can be found in 
the Audit Committee report on pages 44 and 45.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is chaired by Helen Sachdev and consists 
of all the Non-Executive Directors including the Chair. It is responsible for 
recommending to the Board the framework and policy for Executive 
Directors’ remuneration and for setting the remuneration of the Chair, 
Executive Directors and senior management. Given the small size of the 
Board, the Committee recognises the potential for conflicts of interest, 
and has taken appropriate measures to minimise the risk. The Committee 
meets at least twice a year, and takes advice from the Chief Executive 
Officer and external advisors as appropriate. In carrying out its work, the 
Board itself determines the remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors. 
The Committee has the power to seek external advice, and to appoint 
consultants as and when required in respect of the remuneration of 
Executive Directors. 

43

The main roles and responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee are 
set out in written terms of reference which are available on the Company’s 
website, www.wilmingtonplc.com/investors/corporate-governance/
roles-board. Further details of the Group’s policies on remuneration and 
service contracts can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration report 
on pages 47 to 58.

All Directors attend the Annual General Meeting, at which they have the 
opportunity to meet with shareholders. After the formal business has 
been concluded, the Chair welcomes questions from shareholders. 

Substantial shareholdings
As at 31 August 2022, the Company is aware of the following interests 
amounting to 3.0% or more in the Company’s issued ordinary share capital:

Aberforth Partners LLP

Chelverton Asset Management

Gresham House Asset Management 
Limited

The Wellcome Trust Limited

Burgundy Asset Management Ltd.

Number of
ordinary shares

 14,866,652 

 6,700,000 

 6,333,480 

 5,682,400 

 4,542,132 

Artemis Investment Management LLP

 4,496,240 

FIL Limited

Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

Odyssean Investment Trust plc

 4,391,533 

 4,135,755 

 4,000,000 

NFU Mutual Insurance Society Limited

 2,686,485 

By order of the Board and signed on its behalf by:

%

16.93%

7.63%

7.21%

6.47%

5.17%

5.12%

5.00%

4.71%

4.55%

3.06%

Martin Morgan
Chair
21 September 2022

Risk management and internal controls
The Board maintains an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating 
and managing significant risks faced by the Group. The Board regularly 
reviews this process, which has been in operation from the start of the year 
to the date of approval of this report. In line with the recommendations of 
TCFD, Board level oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities 
sits with the Senior Independent Director and the Chief Financial Officer. 
Further details on the key features of the risk management and internal 
controls can be found in the section on risks and uncertainties facing the 
business on pages 27 to 32.

Relations with shareholders
Dialogue with institutional shareholders
The Directors seek to build on a mutual understanding of objectives 
between the Company and its institutional shareholders by means of a 
programme of meetings with major shareholders, fund managers and 
analysts each year. The Company also makes presentations to analysts 
and fund managers following publication of its half year and full year 
results. Copies of the presentations are available on the Company’s 
website, www.wilmingtonplc.com/investors/reports-and-presentations. 
The Board regularly receives updates on investor relations matters.

The Chair is available on request to attend meetings with major shareholders. 
Since his appointment on 1 May 2018, the Chair attended a number of 
such meetings. As referred to earlier, the SID is available to shareholders 
if they have concerns which other contacts have failed to resolve.

The Group’s website includes a specific and comprehensive investor relations 
section containing all RNS announcements, share price information, annual 
documents available for download and similar materials.

Constructive use of the Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will be held on 23 November 2022 and a 
separate notice convening the meeting is being sent out with this Annual 
Report and financial statements. Details of resolutions to be proposed and 
an explanation of the items of special business can be found in the circular 
that accompanies the notice convening the meeting. Separate votes are 
held for each proposed resolution.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Audit Committee report

44

The Committee held three meetings in the year ended 30 June 2022 
and members’ attendance at meetings is set out below:

Key activities
The key activities of the Audit Committee are as follows:

Paul Dollman
Chair of the  
Audit Committee

Paul Dollman (Chair)
Martin Morgan 
Helen Sachdev
William Macpherson

Committee
meetings
attended

Committee
meetings
eligible to
attend

3
3
3
3

3
3
3
3

Supp o rtin g
integrity and 
compliance

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present this year’s Audit Committee report. The Committee 
supports the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities in respect of monitoring 
the integrity of the Group’s reporting process and adherence to the 
Group’s accounting policies and procedures, as well as ensuring that risks 
are carefully identified and assessed and that sound systems of risk 
management and internal control are implemented. 

Committee membership and meetings
The Audit Committee (the ‘Committee’) was in place throughout the 
financial year and is chaired by Paul Dollman. The Board considers that 
Paul has the appropriate financial expertise, as required by Principle C3.1 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘UK Code’), as he is a 
Chartered Accountant, has held executive roles in financial positions in 
other companies, including being Group Finance Director of a FTSE 250 
company, and chairs another company’s audit committee. 

The UK Code states that the Company Chair should not be a member of 
the Audit Committee. However, the Committee, in conjunction with the 
Board, believes that given the size of Wilmington plc and Martin Morgan’s 
extensive, relevant experience that it is appropriate that he remain a 
member. This decision will be assessed annually.

The Committee meets at least twice during the year and as and when 
required. Representatives of the external auditor attend each meeting 
along with the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the 
Group Financial Controller and the Director of Group Finance, unless there 
is a conflict of interest. Other relevant people from the business are also 
invited to attend certain meetings or parts of meetings to provide a deeper 
level of insight into certain key issues and developments. Once a year, the 
Committee meets separately with the external auditor and with 
management without the other being present.

Financial reporting
•  Monitoring the integrity of the annual and interim financial statements, 
the accompanying reports to shareholders and corporate governance 
statements including any significant financial reporting judgments 
contained in them.

•  Reporting to the Board the Company’s assessment of any new or 

amended accounting standards.

•  Providing advice to the Board on whether the Annual Report and 
financial statements, when taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides all the necessary information for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, business 
model and strategy.

Risk management and internal controls
• 

In conjunction with the Board reviewing and monitoring the 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control and risk management 
systems, including reviewing the process for identifying, assessing 
and reporting all key risks. See the risks and uncertainties facing the 
business on pages 27 to 32.

•  To oversee the Group’s whistleblowing provisions, Modern Slavery 
and ABC policies to ensure that they are operating effectively.

External audit
•  To make recommendations to the Board in relation to the appointment 
and removal of the external auditor and to approve their remuneration 
and terms of engagement.

•  To review and monitor the external auditor independence and 

objectivity and the effectiveness of the audit process, taking into 
consideration relevant UK professional and regulatory requirements.

•  To develop and implement policy on the engagement of the external 
auditor to supply non-audit services, taking into account relevant 
ethical guidance regarding the provision of non-audit services by the 
external audit firm, and to report to the Board, identifying any matters in 
respect of which it considers that action or improvement is needed and 
making recommendations as to the steps to be taken.

Internal audit
•  To annually assess the internal audit requirements of the Company.

•  To monitor and review the effectiveness of the Internal Audit function.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Audit Committee report continued

Activities of the Committee in relation to the year 
ended 30 June 2022
•  Assessed and reported to the Board on whether the Annual Report 
and financial statements are fair, balanced and understandable.

•  Reviewed and discussed with the external auditor the key accounting 
considerations and judgments reflected in the Group’s results for the 
six month period ended 31 December 2021.

•  Received confirmation that an Audit Quality Review of Grant 

Thornton’s audit procedures by the Financial Reporting Council in 
respect of the year ended 30 June 2021 concluded that there were 
no key findings to report.

•  Reviewed and agreed the external auditors audit plan in advance 

of their audit for the year ended 30 June 2022.

•  Discussed the report received from the external auditor regarding 

their audit in respect of the year ended 30 June 2022 which included 
comments on their findings on internal control and a statement on 
their independence and objectivity.

•  Considered key accounting matters and new accounting standards 

with particular focus on the significant areas below.

•  Reviewed the Group’s whistleblowing policy, ensuring that it met 

FCA rules and good standards of corporate governance.

•  Reviewed internal audit reports.

•  Reviewed, together with the Board, the risk assessment and going 

concern and viability review.

Key discussions in the year
The significant areas considered by the Committee and discussed with 
the external auditor during the year were: 

Key financial and IT controls
The Committee reviewed the adequacy and appropriateness of the 
Group’s system of controls and its effectiveness with relevant input from 
the Group’s external auditor. The Committee has continued to monitor the 
Group’s emerging risks in relation to technology and the suitability of its 
technology controls in response to this.

45

Goodwill and intangible asset impairment
The Committee received reports from management on the carrying value 
of goodwill and intangible assets. The Committee reviewed management’s 
recommendations, which were also considered by the external auditor, 
including evaluation of the appropriateness of the assumptions applied 
in determining asset carrying values and the appropriateness of the 
identification of cash generating units. After review, the Committee was 
satisfied with the assumptions and judgments applied by management 
and concluded that the carrying values were appropriate and no 
impairments were required.

Non‑audit services
The Committee considers that certain non-audit services should be 
provided by the external auditor, because its existing knowledge of the 
business makes this the most efficient and effective way for non-audit 
services to be carried out. The Audit Committee gives careful consideration 
before appointing the auditor to provide other services. The Group regularly 
uses other providers to ensure that independence and full value for money 
are achieved. Other services are generally limited to work that is closely 
related to the annual audit or where the work is of such a nature that a 
detailed understanding of the business is necessary.

In the year the external auditor performed non-audit services totalling 
£15k  which represents 5% of the audit fee of £300k. These services 
were in relation to the interim review. The Audit Committee approved 
the appointment of Grant Thornton on the basis that it was best placed 
to provide the services and there was no conflict of interest with its role 
as external auditor.

Internal audit
The Group operates a limited internal audit process which performs 
relevant reviews as part of a programme approved by the Audit 
Committee. The Committee considers any issues or risks arising from 
internal audit in order that appropriate actions can be undertaken for their 
satisfactory resolution. 

Approved on behalf of the Audit Committee by:

Paul Dollman
Chair of the Audit Committee
21 September 2022

Revenue recognition 
The Committee considered the inherent risk of fraud in revenue recognition 
as defined by auditing standards and was satisfied that there were no 
issues arising.

External audit
This year Grant Thornton UK LLP completed their fourth year as the 
Group’s external auditor. Sergio Cardoso completed his third year as the 
external audit partner. The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing 
the independence and objectivity of the external auditor and ensuring 
this is safeguarded notwithstanding any provision of any other services 
to the Group.

The Committee recognises the importance of safeguarding auditor 
objectivity and has taken the following steps to ensure that auditor 
independence is not compromised.

External auditor effectiveness
The Audit Committee carries out each year a full evaluation of the external 
auditor as to its complete independence from the Group and relevant officers 
of the Group in all material respects and that it is adequately resourced and 
technically capable to deliver an objective audit to shareholders. Based on 
this review the Audit Committee recommends to the Board each year the 
continuation, or removal and replacement, of the external auditor.

The external auditor’s report to the Directors and the Audit Committee 
confirming their independence in accordance with Auditing Standards. In 
addition to the steps taken by the Board to safeguard auditor objectivity, 
the Auditing Practices Board Ethical Standard 3 requires audit partner 
rotation every five years for listed companies.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Nomination Committee report

46

William Macpherson
Chair of the Nomination 
Committee

Ma inta inin g
a strong Board

The Committee met once during the year to 30 June 2022 and members’ 
attendance at meetings is set out below:

William Macpherson (Chair)
Paul Dollman
Helen Sachdev
Martin Morgan

Committee
meetings
attended

Committee
meetings
eligible to attend

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the Nomination Committee report for the year 
ended 30 June 2022. 

Committee membership and meetings
The Nomination Committee (the ‘Committee’) is comprised of the 
Company Chair and three Independent Non-Executive Directors. 

Key responsibilities
The key responsibilities of the Committee are to:

• 

review the size, balance and constitution of the Board including the 
diversity and balance of skills, knowledge and experience of the 
Non-Executive Directors;

•  consider succession planning for Directors and other senior executives;

• 

• 

identify and nominate for the approval of the Board candidates to 
fill Board vacancies;

review annually the time commitment required of Non-Executive 
Directors; and

•  make recommendations for the Board, in consultation with the 

respective Committee Chair regarding membership of the Audit 
and Remuneration Committees.

Main activities of the Committee during the year 
and subsequent to the year end
The key matters considered at these meetings were:

i) Board composition
The Committee reviewed the composition of the Board including the 
range of skills, level of experience and balance between Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors. The Committee also reviewed the membership 
of the various Board Committees. The Committee concluded that the 
current membership of the Board and the Board Committees was 
appropriate for the needs of the business.

ii) Board evaluation
Details of the Board and sub-committee evaluation process undertaken in 
this year are included in the Governance review on pages 39 to 43. As part 
of that process the Non-Executive Directors met without the Company 
Chair present to evaluate his performance. The review of the Company 
Chair’s effectiveness was led by the SID. The review concluded that the 
Company Chair had been highly effective in his role.

iii) Succession planning 
The Committee kept under review the succession plans for both 
the Executive and Non-Executive Directors and the level of senior 
management immediately below Board level.

iv) Other senior management representation 
The Committee maintained oversight over various senior management 
changes that occurred across the Group over the year. Regular updates 
were received from the executives on the progress of the searches and 
the plans for dealing with reporting line changes that resulted from certain 
of the departures.

v) Worker representation
William Macpherson is the Director responsible for worker representation. 

Approved on behalf of the Nomination Committee by:

William Macpherson
Chair of the Nomination Committee
21 September 2022

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ Remuneration report

The Committee held three meetings in the year ended 30 June 2022 
and members’ attendance at meetings is set out below:

Helen Sachdev
Chair of the  
Remuneration Committee

Helen Sachdev (Chair)
Martin Morgan
Paul Dollman
William Macpherson

Committee
meetings
attended

Committee
meetings
eligible to attend

3
3
3
3

3
3
3
3

Remuneration Committee Chair’s 
Annual Statement

Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Committee I am pleased to share our Directors’ 
Remuneration report for the year to 30 June 2022. 

Our Directors’ Remuneration report, which is subject to an advisory 
shareholder vote at the 2022 AGM, explains the work of the Committee, 
how we have implemented our Remuneration Policy (the ‘Policy’) for the 
year to 30 June 2022 and how we intend to apply it for the 2023 financial 
year. 

Implementin g
effective policy

47

The resilience of the business in response to challenging times 
demonstrates the Group’s ability to adapt to change and continue to 
deliver exceptional customer service under the guidance of the strong 
executive team. The Group’s success also reflects the ongoing motivation 
of our employees who continue to deliver to the highest standards in 
all areas of activity. During the year we have invested in an enhanced 
employee experience to further embed an inclusive culture and ensure our 
people can progress their careers at Wilmington, whilst being recognised 
and rewarded for their valuable contributions.

Wider workforce 
We continue to engage regularly with our workforce on the issues that 
matter to them, particularly diversity, wellbeing and development as well 
as reward and recognition. Our employee engagement survey and 
performance review process offer the opportunity to understand how 
employees feel about their own reward. 

During the year we carried out a comprehensive independent review 
against the market in respect of reward for roles in the UK, the USA and 
France. This review informed our overall pay review process, resulting in 
average budgeted salary increases of 5%. We have created a Wilmington 
grading structure and provided additional funding in the pay review budget 
to address market misalignment and to ensure pay equity for like-for-like roles. 

For ease of reference, a summary of the key elements of the Policy is 
included on pages 49 to 51. The full Policy as approved at the 2021 AGM with 
98% of all votes cast in favour is included in the Directors’ Remuneration 
report for the year ended 30 June 2021, which is available on the Company’s 
website at www.wilmingtonplc.com/reports-and-presentations.

We have also reviewed the bonus arrangements for the wider workforce 
and created a structure where bonuses of all those who have a bonus plan 
reflect consistent principles including a Group performance underpin and 
a mix of divisional, business, team and personal objectives relevant to the 
role function. 

2022 remuneration in the context of our business 
performance and outcomes for our key stakeholders
Our aim is to always consider the wider workforce, our shareholders and 
other stakeholders by taking a fair, prudent and balanced approach to 
remuneration, in line with the Board’s wider stakeholder engagement 
strategy as disclosed in the Section 172 statement on pages 16 and 17.

As detailed in our Strategic report, we continue to deliver our strategy 
and our strong progress is reflected by the exceptional results we have 
reported. This successful delivery of our strategic objectives was 
underpinned by the Board’s decision in June 2021 to restructure the 
Group’s operating model into two divisions – consolidating our position 
in the dynamic GRC markets – and to invest further in digital and data 
capabilities by developing single technology platforms in each division.

We continue to go beyond our voluntary UK gender pay gap reporting by 
taking a global view and are pleased to report that the global gap for 
median hourly pay has narrowed from 29.11% in 2021 to 18.93% in 2022. 
The UK gap for median hourly pay has narrowed from 32.7% to 22.6% 
since our last report, and has narrowed by 14% since we started reporting 
in 2017. For the same period, UK mean hourly pay gap has narrowed by 
12.7%, demonstrating that we are closing the difference in average pay 
between male and female colleagues over time. Since our 2021 report, the 
percentage of females in the UK fourth (or top) pay quartile has increased 
by 8.4%. We are very pleased that globally, we have achieved an important 
50/50 representation of male/female colleagues in the fourth quartile. 

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

48

Annual bonus and PSP awards vesting in respect 
of the performance period to 30 June 2022
The Committee has reviewed performance against each of the previously 
approved measures to determine the bonus outturn and PSP vesting in 
respect of the period ended 30 June 2022. Based on exceptional delivery 
against performance measures in the year, the Committee approved a 
bonus outturn equal to 125% of salary for the Executive Directors. 

The Committee also reviewed the outturn of the performance metrics 
applied to the PSP award granted to Mark Milner in September 2019. The 
performance over the three-year period to 30 June 2022 was considered 
and the Committee approved an outturn of 40.7% in respect of this award. 
Guy Millward joined the Group in November 2020 so did not receive a 
2019 PSP award. 

The Committee reviewed the formulaic outturn of both the bonus and the 
PSP award, and after careful consideration concluded that these outturns 
were appropriate and reflected the performance of the Group in the 
periods to which they relate. Details of the performance measures and 
achievements against them in respect of the bonus and PSP awards are 
set out on pages 53 and 54 respectively. 

Implementation of our Policy for the year ending 
30 June 2023
Base salary and fees
Mark Milner’s base salary was increased by 5% with effect from 1 July 2021 
to £367,500, reflecting Mark’s strong performance and contribution since 
he joined the business in June 2019. As set out in the Directors’ Remuneration 
report last year, the Committee agreed that an increase of a similar amount 
above the average increase for the wider workforce will be made with 
effect from 1 July 2022. 

Since Mark joined the business the Group’s market capitalisation has 
increased by over 20% from circa. £178m to 30 June 2019 to circa. 
£217m to 30 June 2022. As set out above the Group’s repositioning and 
redirection, acceleration of our digitalisation programme and investment 
in new products over the last two years are also being reflected in our 
strong results and progress against our strategic goals. Taking into 
account Mark’s performance in role and performance of the business, and 
the fact that his pension contribution has reduced from 10% of salary to 
5% in line with the wider workforce, his base salary increased by 8% to 
£397,000 with effect from 1 July 2022. This increase is within the range of 
increases given to high performing talent who have demonstrated strong 
progression in role.

Guy Millward’s salary was increased by 5% to £280,000 with effect from 
1 July 2022, in line with the average increase for the wider workforce in the UK.

The Committee’s intention is that base salary increases for the Executive 
Directors will revert to being in line with the wider workforce for the rest of 
the three-year Policy. 

Vesting will also be subject to an underpin such that average ROCE over the 
performance period must be at least 10%, and any awards that vest will be 
subject to a two year post-vesting holding period in line with the Policy.

Pension
As disclosed in last year’s Directors’ Remuneration report, Mark Milner has 
agreed to a reduction in his pension/cash in lieu of pension so that it will be 
aligned with the wider workforce in the UK by the end of 2022 (5% of 
salary). Accordingly, Mark will receive pension equal to 10% of salary 
between 1 July 2022 and 31 December 2022, reducing to 5% of salary with 
effect from 1 January 2023. Guy Millward receives a pension/cash in lieu of 
pension of 5% of salary in line with the level available to the majority of the 
wider workforce in the UK.

Annual bonus
Each of the Executive Directors are eligible to earn a bonus of up to 125% 
of salary. The performance metrics weighting has been rebalanced 
compared to the last financial year following the introduction of an organic 
growth measure. Vesting will be based on adjusted PBT (42.5% of the 
opportunity), organic revenue growth (42.5% of the opportunity) and key 
strategic and ESG measures (15% of the opportunity). Details of the 
performance measures and achievements against them will be set out in 
next year’s Directors’ Remuneration report. 20% of the bonus earned will 
be deferred into shares for two years in line with the Policy.

PSP
The maximum PSP opportunity under our Policy is equal to 150% of salary. 
Awards in respect of the year to 30 June 2023 will be granted at a level 
of 125% of salary for Mark Milner and 100% of salary for Guy Millward.

The business has performed very strongly over the last year, and to reflect 
this Mark Milner’s award opportunity has increased to 125% of salary 
(2022: 100%) in line with the Committee’s commitment set out in last 
year’s Directors’ Remuneration report.

Vesting will be subject to performance measures based on adjusted EPS 
and organic revenue growth as follows: 

Organic revenue
 growth: compound
 annual growth
 rate over the
 three years
 ending 
30 June 2025
(35% of award)

Adjusted EPS 
for the year ended 
30 June 2025 
(65% of award)

Maximum

Threshold

26.8p

22.8p

10.4%

8.4%

* 

Straight-line vesting between threshold and maximum.

Vesting* 

(% maximum)

100%

25%

Impact of changes on overall total compensation
The Committee is mindful of the impact of base salary increases on 
the value of the total package. However, the value of the total package 
continues to be modest against the market norm for a company of our size 
and complexity, and the changes outlined above move the value of total 
package for our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
towards the mid-point of the market range. The majority of the package 
continues to be performance related, which is aligned with the interests 
of our shareholders. We also recognise that increasing the level of 
competitiveness in salaries and the PSP will require the continued delivery 
of performance, coupled with appropriately stretching targets for annual 
variable and long term compensation. 

Chair fees and Non‑Executive fees
We have also taken the opportunity to review our Chair fee level. Martin 
Morgan joined the business in 2019 on a fee of £125,000. His fee reduced 
to £121,000 as all Non-Executives took a voluntary pay reduction for 
three months in 2020. Taking into account the performance of the 
business and Martin’s contribution his base fee was increased from 
£128,000 to £140,000 with effect from 1 July 2022. 

A committee appointed by the Executive Directors and the Group Chair 
has reviewed fees for the other Non-Executive Directors. The outcome 
was that the base fee of £49,000 with no additional fees for chairing 
committees will be increased by 5%, in line with the increase for the 
wider workforce with effect from 1 July 2022, to £51,450.

Conclusion
We remain committed to a responsible approach to executive 
remuneration, as I trust this Directors’ Remuneration report demonstrates. 
We believe that the Policy operated as intended in respect of the year to 
30 June 2022 and consider that the remuneration received by the 
Executive Directors was appropriate, taking account of the Group’s 
performance during the year, their personal performance and the 
experience of shareholders and employees.

I look forward to receiving your support at our 2022 Annual General 
Meeting, where I will be pleased to answer any questions you may 
have on this report or in relation to any of the Committee’s activities.

Helen Sachdev
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
21 September 2022

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

49

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
The Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders at the 2021 AGM on 3 November 2021, and became effective from this date. The full Remuneration Policy as approved by shareholders is available in the 2021 Annual Report, 
found on our website at www.wilmingtonplc.com/reports-and-presentations.

We have set out a summary below of those parts of the Remuneration Policy which we consider shareholders will find most useful in the context of the Directors’ reward for the year ended 30 June 2023.

When determining the Policy, the Committee considered clarity, simplicity, risk, predictability, proportionality and alignment to culture as set out in the Corporate Governance Code. Further details are set out in the 2021 Directors’ Remuneration report. 

Element

Base salary

Financial year 2022/23 operation and opportunity summary

The Committee has reviewed base salary taking into account:

•  performance of the Group and pay conditions elsewhere in the workforce;

•  performance of the individual;

•  changes in position or responsibility; and

•  market competitiveness.

Pension

Benefits

Bonus

The Committee considered all of these factors in concluding that Mark Milner’s base salary will increase by 8% and Guy Millward’s base salary will increase by 5%, effective 1 July 2022.

The Committee has the discretion to pay cash supplements in lieu of some or all pension contributions in appropriate circumstances.

Mark Milner’s pension contribution will reduce from 10% to 5% of salary effective 1 January 2023 to align to the level available to the wider workforce. There will be no change to Guy Millward’s 
pensions contribution which already aligns to that available to the wider workforce.

Executive Directors receive benefits in line with market practice.

The Directors will continue to receive a car allowance, private medical insurance and income protection benefit.

The maximum bonus is 125% of base salary.

The majority of the bonus opportunity will be determined by financial measures, with stretching targets set each year reflecting the business priorities which underpin Group strategy 
and align to key performance indicators.

The measures set for 2022/23 and their relative weighting are:

•  Adjusted PBT – 42.5%

•  Organic revenue growth – 42.5%

•  ESG and strategic measures – 15%

Performance share plan (‘PSP’)

Awards in respect of the Company’s 2022/23 financial year will be at a level not exceeding 125% of base salary.

Vesting of the maximum opportunity will apply on a sliding scale up to 100% of maximum potential for each element of the bonus based on the satisfaction of performance conditions, 
with no more than 50% of the potential earned for achieving a target level of performance.

Awards under the PSP will be based on financial metrics with respect to at least 80% of the award, and metrics chosen will be those which the Committee considers to be the most 
appropriate measures of longer-term performance. Metrics chosen in respect of the 2022/23 award are:

Earnings per share – 65%

Compound annual organic revenue growth – 35% 

The threshold pay-out level under the PSP is 25% of the maximum award.

There will usually be straight line vesting between threshold and maximum performance.

The level of vesting in respect of any metric is subject to the Committee’s discretion to override formulaic outturns.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

Shareholding guidelines
In‑service
To further align the interests of Executive Directors with those of 
shareholders, we have adopted formal shareholding guidelines, in 
accordance with which Executive Directors must retain 50% of the after 
tax shares they acquire on the vesting of PSP and DBP awards until such 
time as a total personal shareholding equal to 200% of base salary has 
been achieved. Shares which are subject to the two year holding period 
under the PSP or which are subject to a DBP award will count towards the 
requirement, on a net of assumed tax basis where relevant.

Post‑employment
The Committee has adopted a post-employment shareholding requirement. 
Shares are subject to this requirement only if they are acquired from PSP 
and DBP awards granted after 1 July 2021. Following employment, an 
Executive Director must retain:

• 

• 

• 

for the first year after employment, such of their shares which are 
subject to the post-employment requirement as have a value for these 
purposes equal to 100% of salary; and 

for the second year after employment, such of those shares as have 
a value for these purposes equal to 50% of salary; or

in either case and if fewer, all of those shares.

50

Illustration of the application of the Remuneration Policy
The following charts set out for each of the Executive Directors an illustration of the application for the financial year 2022/23 of the Remuneration Policy 
set out above. The charts show the split of remuneration between fixed pay and variable pay in the Policy for:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 minimum remuneration receivable — salary, fees, taxable benefits and pension;

 the remuneration receivable if the Director was, in respect of any performance measures or targets, performing in line with the Company’s expectation;

 maximum remuneration receivable (not allowing for any share price appreciation); and

 maximum remuneration receivable assuming a 50% increase in the Company’s share price for the purposes of the PSP element.

Mark Milner (£’000)

Fixed pay

Bonus

PSP

455

100%

868
19%

29%

52%

1,447

34%

34%

32%

1,695

44%

29%

27%

Guy Millward (£’000)

Fixed pay

Bonus

PSP

324

100%

592
16%

30%

54%

954

29%

37%

34%

1,094

38%

32%

30%

Minimum 
performance

Performance  
in line with 
expectations

Maximum 
performance

Maximum 
performance 
plus share price 
appreciation

Minimum 
performance

Performance  
in line with 
expectations

Maximum 
performance

Maximum 
performance 
plus share price 
appreciation

The Committee believes an appropriate proportion of the Executive Directors’ remuneration links reward to corporate and individual performance 
and is aligned to the Group’s strategic priorities.

In illustrating the potential reward, the following assumptions have been made:

Basic performance

In line with expectations

Maximum performance

Maximum performance plus share price appreciation

Fixed pay

Based on salary effective as at 1 July 2022, £397,000 for Mark Milner and £280,000 for Guy Millward. A pension contribution of 10% of 
salary between 1 July 2022 and 31 December 2022, reducing to 5% of salary with effect from 1 January 2023 (in the case of Mark Milner) 
and 5% (in the case of Guy Millward) and benefits earned for the year ended 30 June 2022.

Bonus

No bonus.

50% of the maximum bonus 
is earned (i.e. 62.5% of salary).

125% of salary.

125% of salary.

PSP

No PSP vesting.

33% of the PSP awards vest 
(i.e. 33% of salary).

In the case of Mark Milner: 
125% of salary.

In the case of Mark Milner: 125% of salary plus 
an assumed 50% increase in the share price.

In the case of Guy Millward: 
100% of salary.

In the case of Guy Millward: 100% of salary plus 
an assumed 50% increase in the share price.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 202251

Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

Non‑Executive Directors

Non‑Executive Director fees and 
provision of relevant benefits

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Fees are set at a level that reflects market 
conditions and is sufficient to attract 
individuals with appropriate knowledge 
and experience.

Fees are reviewed periodically and amended to reflect 
any change in responsibilities and time commitments. 
Where appropriate external advice is taken on setting 
market competitive fees.

Fees are based on the time commitment and 
responsibilities of the role.

Fees are subject to an overall cap as set out 
in the Company’s articles of association.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

The Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any 
of the Group’s share incentive plans nor do they receive 
any benefits or pension contributions.

Non-Executive Directors may be eligible to receive 
benefits such as the use of secretarial support, travel 
costs or other benefits that may be appropriate.

Service Contracts and letters of appointment
Details of the Executive Directors’ service contracts and Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are set out on below.

Executive Directors

Mark Milner

Guy Millward

Contract commencement date

July 2019

November 2020

Non‑Executive Directors

Date of initial appointment

Martin Morgan

Paul Dollman

Helen Sachdev

William Macpherson

May 2018

September 2015

April 2020

February 2021

Notice period

12 months

12 months

Notice period

6 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

Expiry of current term

23 November 2022

23 November 2022

23 November 2022

23 November 2022

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Annual Report on Remuneration
Certain details set out on pages 52 to 56 of this report have been audited by Grant Thornton UK LLP.

Introduction (unaudited information)
The following section provides details of the remuneration earned by the Directors in respect of the year in line with the Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
approved by shareholders at the 2021 Annual General Meeting.

Single total figure of remuneration for each Director (audited information)
The tables below report the total remuneration receivable in respect of qualifying services by each Director during the year.

2022

Executive Directors
Mark Milner
Guy Millward

Non‑Executive Directors
Martin Morgan
Paul Dollman
Helen Sachdev
William Macpherson

2021

Executive Directors
Mark Milner
Guy Millward1

Non‑Executive Directors
Martin Morgan
Paul Dollman
Helen Sachdev
William Macpherson2

Total salary

and fees(a)
£’000

Taxable 
benefits(b)
£’000

Pensions 
related 
benefits(c)
£’000

Total fixed
remuneration
£’000

Annual
bonus(d)
£’000

Total 
variable
 remuneration
£’000

PSP(e)

£’000

368
266

128
49
49
49

32
32

—
—
—
—

32
11

—
—
—
—

432
309

128
49
49
49

459
333

—
—
—
—

175
—

—
—
—
—

634
333

—
—
—
—

Total salary

and fees(a)
£’000

Taxable 
benefits(b)
£’000

Pensions 
related 
benefits(c)
£’000

Total fixed
remuneration
£’000

Annual
bonus(d)
£’000

PSP(e)

£’000

Total variable
 remuneration
£’000

350
170

128
49
49
19

39
20

—
—
—
—

30
7

—
—
—
—

419
197

128
49
49
19

350
170

—
—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—
—

350
 170

—
—
—
—

Total
£’000

1,066
642

128
49
49
49

Total
£’000

769
367

128
49
49
19

52

a)

 Total salary and fees – the amount of salary/fees received in the year.

b)

c)

d)

e)

1.

2.

 Taxable benefits – the taxable value of benefits received in the year 
(i.e. car allowance, private medical insurance and income protection) 
plus, in the case of Mark Milner, the value of the SAYE option granted 
in November 2020.

 Pensions related benefits – this is the amount of the cash payments 
in lieu of pension contributions made in the year.

 Annual bonus — the value of the bonus earned in respect of the year, 
of which 20% will be deferred in shares. A description of performance 
against the objectives, which applied for the year ended 30 June 2022, 
is provided on page 53.

 PSP – the value of performance related incentives vesting in respect 
of the financial year. A description of performance against the targets 
which applied for the awards vesting in respect of performance in 
the financial year is provided on page 54. The award will vest on 
30 September 2022 and the estimated value of the award shown 
above is based on the three month average share price to 30 June 
2022 (£2.43) and the value of dividends that would have accrued on 
vested shares during the performance period, which will be paid to 
Mr Milner. 

 Guy Millward joined the Board on 5 November 2020. His remuneration reported in the single 
figure table is from this date.

 William Macpherson joined the Board as Non-Executive Director on 11 February 2021. 
His remuneration reported in the single figure table is from this date.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

53

Annual Report on Remuneration continued

The following provides the Adjusted Profit and personal strategic objectives reference points together with the out-turns for 2021/22.

Total salary and fees
Total salary and fees are based on the need to retain the skills and 
knowledge that the Executive and Non-Executive Directors bring 
to the Company.

For the year ended 30 June 2022 (audited information)
For the year ended 30 June 2022 Mark Milner’s salary was increased 
by 5% to £367,500 and Guy Millward’s salary was increased by 2% to 
£266,220. As disclosed in last year’s Directors’ Remuneration report, Mark 
Milner’s salary increase was awarded taking into account that he had not 
received a salary increase since his appointment as Chief Executive 
Officer in June 2019 and his strong performance and contribution since 
his appointment. 

Pensions related benefits
For the year ended 30 June 2022 (audited information)
Neither Mark Milner nor Guy Millward participated in a pension scheme. 
They were paid an amount of £31,973 and £11,474 respectively in the year 
in lieu of pension contributions, reflective of 9% of his annual salary net of 
employer’s National Insurance contributions in the case of Mark Milner 
and 5% of his annual salary net of employers’ national insurance 
contributions in the case of Guy Millward.

Annual bonus 
For the year ended 30 June 2022 (audited information)
Each Executive Director was eligible to earn a bonus of up to 125% of their 
salary, with the performance measures weighted as follows in respect of 
the maximum opportunity. 

Adjusted Profit*

*

Adjusted Profit is profit before adjusting items, impairment and other income. 

Strategic and operational measures

Objectives

Deliver next phase of digital transformation plans 
in Training & Education division. 

Weighting 
(% of base 
salary)

10.41%

Effectively implement internal strategic reviews to drive 
organic growth strategy.

10.41%

Employee engagement survey participation rate exceeds 
85% and actions are taken to address challenges raised.

10.41%

Measure

Adjusted Profit measure*

Strategic and operational measures

ESG measure

Weighting 
(% of base salary) 

Deliver reduction in absolute Scope 1 and 2 CO2 emissions 
and establish commitment to future carbon reduction. 

12.5%

81.25%

31.25%

12.50%

Minimum
target set

£16.7m

Maximum
target set

£20.5m

Performance
out-turn

Bonus earned
as a % of
base salary

£20.7m

81.25%

Bonus earned 
(% of base 
salary)

10.41%

10.41%

10.41%

Assessment of performance

Next phase of digital transformation implemented in full 
during the period. Progress enhanced by subsequent 
delivery of additional initiatives relating to 2022/23 
roll-out phase.

Internal reviews of lower margin businesses performed in 
H1. Detailed strategic improvement plans produced and 
phase one recommendations implemented effectively 
resulting in enhanced long term growth plans approved by 
the Board.

Participation in the engagement survey was 91%, 
exceeding target of 85% and prior year 87%, 
demonstrating strong communication channels between 
the Executive Directors and the wider workforce. Clear 
action plan developed to address priority areas of 
employee feedback, with investment in initiatives to 
support learning and development, employee experience 
and reward delivered in Q4.

Absolute market-based Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions 
reduced by 82% driven by review of energy procurement 
strategy. Net-zero targets set in line with 1.5°C trajectory 
and residual emissions offset via high quality 
verified schemes.

12.5%

The Executive Directors therefore earned bonuses equal to 125% of salary (equivalent to 100% of maximum opportunity):

Mark Milner: £459,375

Guy Millward: £332,775

20% of the amount earned will be deferred into shares for two years.

The Committee carefully considered the bonus outturns in the context of overall performance, including the quality of earnings and ROCE performance, 
and the shareholder and employee experience. The Committee considered that the bonus outturns were appropriate.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

54

Annual Report on Remuneration continued

PSP 
Awards vesting in respect of the year ended 30 June 2022 (audited information)
PSP awards were granted to Mark Milner on 30 September 2019 that are due to vest on 30 September 2022. The awards were subject to EPS growth, 
ROE and relative TSR performance against the FTSE SmallCap index over a three year period to 30 June 2022. The table below details the Company’s 
performance against these performance measures for the three year performance period and the vesting out-turn.

Element

Annual EPS growth in excess of RPI

ROE1

TSR versus FTSE SmallCap

Total vesting outcome

Target range

Weighting 
(% of award)

Minimum (25% 
of maximum)

Maximum (100% 
of maximum)

33.3%

33.3%

3.0%

25.0%

9.0%

29.0%

33.3%

Median Upper quartile

Performance 

-1%

25.9%

Between
median and
upper quartile

Vesting

0%

14.0%

26.7%

40.7%

The performance measures are disclosed below:

65% of award – EPS in the 2023/24 
financial year

Percentage of Award Vesting

Less than 18.0p

18.0p

0.0%

25.0%

More than 18.0p but less than 21.5p 

On a straight line basis between 
25.0% and 100.0%

21.5p or more than 21.5p

100.0%

35% of award — Organic revenue growth 
over a performance period from the 2020/21 
financial year to the 2023/24 financial year

Percentage of Award Vesting

Less than 7%

7%

0.0%

25.0%

More than 7% but less than 9%

On a straight line basis between 
25.0% and 100.0%

1.  

 For the purposes of the PSP, ROE is defined as three year adjusted EBITA less impairment and adjusting items included in operating expenses divided by the average equity attributable to the owners 
of the parent.

9% or more than 9%

100.0%

Number of
shares 
granted2

Number of shares
 vesting based on
 performance

Dividend
 equivalents3

Total value of 
award on vesting4

Amount of award
 attributable to 
share price
appreciation 
since grant

Mark Milner

168,269

72,215

3,774

£175,482

14%

2. 

 A share price of £2.08 (five day average share price prior to grant) was used to determine the number of shares granted. The value of the vested shares is estimated based on a share price of £2.43. 
Therefore, the proportion of the total value of the award attributable to share price growth since the grant date is estimated to be 13%. The Committee did not consider that it was necessary to exercise 
discretion in respect of share price appreciation since the grant date. 

3. 

 Calculated based on the value of dividends that would have accrued on vested shares during the performance period.

4.  Calculated based on the three month average share price to 30 June 2022 (£2.43).

Mark Milner is required to hold no less than 50% of the vested shares (net of tax) for a minimum of two years post-vesting.

The Committee carefully considered the PSP outturn in the context of overall performance, including the quality of earnings and ROCE performance, 
and the shareholder and employee experience. The Committee considered that the PSP outturn was appropriate.

PSP Awards granted during the year
In respect of the year ended 30 June 2022 the following PSP awards were granted as detailed in the table below.

Name

Mark Milner

Guy Millward

Date of grant

30 September 2021

30 September 2021

Type of
award

Maximum
opportunity

PSP 100% of salary

PSP 100% of salary

Number of
shares

164,946

119,488

Face value at
grant 

£367,5005

£266,2205

5.  The face value is based on a price of 223p, being the average share price from the five business days immediately preceding the award being granted on 30 September 2021. 

% of award
 vesting at
minimum
threshold

25%

25%

The Committee may reduce the extent of vesting if the Committee 
considers that any value of the vested award represents a windfall gain 
caused by the impact on the share price due to the Covid-19 pandemic. In 
assessing this, the Committee will take into account a number of factors, 
including share price performance over the vesting period on an absolute 
and relative basis against peer companies, underlying financial performance 
of the Group during the performance period, and the impact of any 
significant events during the vesting period on the Group’s share price or 
the market as a whole. 

The Executive Directors will be required to retain all of the vested shares 
(net of taxes) for a minimum of two years post-vesting.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Annual Report on Remuneration continued

55

Shareholding guidelines and statement of Directors’ share awards (audited information)
Shareholding guidelines for Executives have been adopted, linked to the outturn from the PSP. At the time awards vest under the PSP (or any other Executive plan established in the future), Executive Directors will be expected to 
retain no fewer than 50% of vested shares (net of taxes) until such time as a total personal shareholding equivalent to 200% of pre-tax base salary has been achieved. This retention requirement also applies to 50% of the net vested 
shares under deferred bonus awards. 

The holdings of those persons who served as Directors during the year, and of their families, are as follows:

Mark Milner

Guy Millward

Martin Morgan

Paul Dollman

Helen Sachdev

William Macpherson

Beneficial/
non-beneficial

Beneficial

Beneficial

Beneficial

Beneficial

Beneficial

Beneficial

At 
30 June 
2021 

45,000

—

90,000

40,000

10,000

10,000

Movement
in year

At 
30 June 2022 

At 
30 June 2022
Percentage

—

—

—

—

—

—

45,000

—

90,000

40,000

10,000

10,000

0.05%

—

0.10%

0.05%

0.01%

0.01%

As at 30 June 2022 the Company’s share price was 230.00p and its highest and lowest share prices during the year ended 30 June 2022 were 205.00p and 262.00p respectively. Interests are shown as a percentage of shares 
in issue at 30 June 2022.

Executive Directors’ interests under share schemes (audited information)
Awards held under the PSP and SAYE scheme by each person who served as a Director during the year ended 30 June 2022 are as follows:

Mark Milner

Mark Milner

Mark Milner

Mark Milner

Guy Millward

Guy Millward

Award date

Type of award

30 Sept 20191

30 Sept 20202

19 Oct 2020

30 Sept 20213

26 Feb 20212

30 Sept 20213

PSP

PSP

SAYE

PSP

PSP

PSP

Number of
shares at 
 1 July 2021

168,269

285,714

18,750

—

52,791

—

Granted
during the
year

—

—

—

164,946

—

119,488

Lapsed during
the year

Exercised during
the year

Number of
 shares 
at 30 June 2022

Date which
awards vest

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

168,269 30 Sept 2022

285,714 30 Sept 2023

18,750

1 Dec 2023

164,946 30 Sept 2024

52,791 30 Sept 2023

119,488 30 Sept 2024

1. 

Performance conditions for awards granted on 30 September 2019 are disclosed on page 54. The awards are expected to vest at 40.7%.

2.  Performance conditions for awards granted on 30 September 2020 and 26 February 2021 are disclosed in the 2020/21 financial year Annual Report and Accounts.

3.  Performance conditions for awards granted on 30 September 2021 are disclosed on page 54.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Annual Report on Remuneration continued

Dilution (unaudited information)
Awards under the Company’s discretionary schemes which may be 
satisfied by a new issue of shares must not exceed 5.0% of the Company’s 
issued share capital in any rolling ten year period and the total of all awards 
satisfied via new issue shares under all plans (both discretionary and 
all-employee) must not exceed 10.0% of the Company’s issued share 
capital in any rolling ten year period.

At 30 June 2022, the headroom under the Company’s 5.0% and 10.0% 
limits was 605,158 and 4,211,647 shares respectively, out of an issued 
share capital of 87,828,755 shares.

)
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

)
£
(
e
u
a
V

l

500

400

300

200

100

0

56

Wilmington Group

FTSE All Share Media

FTSE SmallCap

Payments for loss of office (audited information)
No payments for loss of office were made during the year.

Payments to former Directors (audited information)
As disclosed in last year’s Directors’ Remuneration report, when Richard 
Amos, the former Chief Financial Officer, left the Company he retained his 
2019 PSP award on a time pro-rated basis and subject to the achievement 
of the applicable performance conditions assessed over the originally 
anticipated performance period. The 2019 PSP award will vest on the 
same basis as Mark Milner’s award (40.7% of maximum), meaning that 
after the time pro-ration, Richard Amos’ award will vest in respect of 16,125 
shares plus dividend equivalents (in respect of dividends that would have 
accrued on vested shares during the performance period). He will be 
required to retain at least 50% of the shares that he acquires (after sales to 
cover tax liabilities) until at least the second anniversary of the vesting date.

Performance graph and table (unaudited information)
The following graph shows, for the year ended 30 June 2022 and for each 
of the previous nine years, the total shareholder return on a holding of the 
Company’s ordinary shares compared with a hypothetical holding of shares 
of the same kind and number as those by reference to which the FTSE 
All-Share Media Index and the FTSE Small Cap Index are calculated. These 
indices have been chosen as the appropriate comparators because the 
Committee believes they contain the most comparable companies against 
which to appraise the Company’s share performance.

30 June 2012

30 June 2013

30 June 2014

30 June 2015

30 June 2016

30 June 2017

30 June 2018

30 June 2019

30 June 2020

30 June 2021

30 June 2022

Chief Executive Officer single figure (unaudited information) 

2021/22 Mark Milner

2020/21 Mark Milner

2019/20 Mark Milner

2018/19 Pedro Ros

2017/18 Pedro Ros

2016/17 Pedro Ros

2015/16 Pedro Ros

2014/15 Pedro Ros

2013/14 Charles J Brady

2012/13 Charles J Brady

Total
remuneration
£’000

1,066

769

389

398

565

814

677

671

943

935

Annual bonus
 as a % of
maximum
opportunity
%

100.0%

100.0%

—

21.8%

—

61.7%

73.1%

78.5%

88.6%

80.0%

PSP as a % of
maximum
number of
shares
%

40.7%

—

—

33.3%

60.9%

84.1%

—

—

91.8%

55.0%

Percentage change in remuneration of Directors and employees (unaudited information)
The year-on-year percentage change in salary, taxable benefits and annual bonus on a rolling basis, for the Executive and Non-Executive Directors and 
employees of the Company on a full-time equivalent basis. The average employee change has been calculated by reference to the mean of employee 
pay over the same period.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Annual Report on Remuneration continued

Percentage change in remuneration of Directors 
and employees (unaudited information) continued

Salary /fees

Taxable 
benefits 2 Annual bonus

Mark Milner

Guy Millward1

Martin Morgan

Paul Dollman

Helen Sachdev

2021/22

2020/21

2019/20

2021/22

2020/21

2019/20

2021/22

2020/21

2019/20

2021/22

2020/21

2019/20

2021/22

2020/21

2019/20

William Macpherson1

2021/22

Average employee

2020/21

2019/20

2021/22

2020/21

2019/20

5%

5%

0%

2%

0%

0%

0%

6%

(3%)

0%

4%

(2%)

0%

4%

0%

0%

0%

0%

1%

0%

2%

(20%)

34%

0%

4%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

31%

100%

(100%)

27%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

21%

60%

(50%)

1. 

 In order to provide meaningful comparison with remuneration for 2021/22, Guy Millward 
and William Macpherson’s remuneration for 2020/21 has been annualised, to reflect the 
fact that both joined the Board during the year ended 30 June 2021.

2. 

 The decrease in taxable benefits in the year awarded to Mark Milner relates to the grant 
of SAYE options in 2020/21.

The increase in average employee salary and fees in the year reflects an average 
salary increase for continuing employees of 2%, offset by the impact of 
restructuring and vacancies. The increase in Directors’ salaries in the year reflects 
a holistic view of performance and other factors as outlined in the Remuneration 
Committee Chair’s statement on pages 47 to 48. See previous Directors’ 
Remuneration reports for explanations as regards the percentage change 
in salary, taxable benefits and annual bonus in respect of previous years.

57

Relative importance of spend on pay (unaudited information)
The difference in actual expenditure between 2020/21 and 2021/22 on remuneration for all employees in comparison to distributions to shareholders by 
way of dividend is detailed in the table below. The significant increase in distributions to shareholders by way of a dividend is primarily due to the final 
2020 dividend being withheld in response to ongoing uncertainty around the impacts of the Covid-19 pandemic. There were no share buybacks during 
the year.

Expenditure on remuneration for all employees

Distributions to shareholders by way of a dividend

2021/22
£’000

47,374

5,492

2020/21
£’000

47,884

1,829

Change
%

-1%

200%

CEO pay ratio
The following table discloses the ratios between the single total figure of remuneration (‘STFR’) of the Chief Executive Officer for 2020/21 and 2021/22 and the 
lower quartile, median and upper quartile pay of Wilmington’s UK employees for those years. The STFR of employees at each quartile has been calculated on a 
full-time equivalent basis as at the final day of the relevant financial year. Wilmington is committed to ensuring competitive pay for all colleagues.

2021/22

2020/21

2019/20

Method

Option B

Option B

Option B

25th 
percentile
pay ratio

40:1

28:1

14:1

Median
pay ratio

24:1

21:1

10:1

75th 
percentile
pay ratio

14:1

13:1

6:1

Single total figures of remuneration used to calculate the above ratio
25th percentile pay ratio

CEO

Median pay ratio

75th percentile pay ratio

2021/22

Total pay
and benefits
£’000

Method

Option B

1,066

Total
salary
£’000

368

Total pay
and benefits
£’000

70

Total
salary
£’000

63

Total pay
and benefits
£’000

40

Total
salary
£’000

37

Total pay
and benefits
£’000

24

Total
salary
£’000

23

Reporting regulations offer three methodologies to calculate the CEO pay ratio – Options A, B and C. The above table has been calculated by adopting 
Option B, which was determined as the most appropriate methodology for Wilmington. It was decided that Option B would be the most appropriate 
approach as Wilmington had already completed a comprehensive analysis of UK employees for the purpose of gender pay gap reporting. As such, the 
most recent gender pay gap data, due to be published in September 2022, was used to determine the employees at the 25th percentile, median and 75th 
percentile. A single total figure of remuneration was then calculated for each of the relevant employees using a consistent approach to the calculation 
of the single total figure of remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer on page 56 based on remuneration as at 30 June 2022. For example, variable 
bonus payments and employer pension contributions were added to the gender pay data to ensure the STFR reflected all relevant remuneration received 
in respect of the year ended 30 June 2022. The pay data for a sample of employees at each percentile was then reviewed for accuracy and consistency 
and as such, Wilmington believes the selected employees are reasonably representative of the 25th, median, and 75th percentiles. 

It is expected that the CEO pay ratio has the potential to vary considerably year-on-year due to the significant variable remuneration element included. 
40.7% of the PSP award granted to the CEO on 30 September 2019 will vest on 30 September 2022 in respect of three year performance to 30 June 2022. 
No PSP award was capable of vesting in respect of three year performance ended 30 June 2021 for the CEO. This variance in PSP vesting is the primary 
reason for an increase in the ratio relating to the year ended 30 June 2022.

The Company believes that the median pay ratio is consistent with the pay, reward and progression policies for the Company’s UK employees as a whole.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Annual Report on Remuneration continued

Details of the attendance of the Committee are set out in the table below:

Implementation of the policy for the year ending 
30 June 2023 (unaudited information)
The Committee Chair’s statement on pages 47 to 48 describes how 
the policy will be implemented for the year ending 30 June 2023.

Details of the Remuneration Committee, advisors to 
the Committee and their fees (unaudited information)
Details of the Directors who were members of the Committee during 
the year are disclosed on page 58. The Committee has also received 
assistance from the Chief Executive Officer with respect to the 
remuneration of the other Executive Director and on the Company’s 
Remuneration Policy more generally. He is not in attendance when his 
own remuneration is discussed.

During the year, the Committee received independent advice from 
the following external consultants:

Committee’s advisors

Aon Hewitt Limited provided advice to the Committee on 
performance analysis

Deloitte LLP provided advice to the Committee on 
executive remuneration, including annual bonus 
performance measures and the preparation of the 
Directors’ Remuneration report

Annual Report on Remuneration

For

Against

2021/22
£’000

Total votes cast (for and against)

Votes withheld

2

Total votes (including withheld votes)

23

Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Deloitte LLP was appointed by the Committee in 2013; the Group also 
engages Deloitte LLP to provide advice in relation to the Company’s share 
plans. Deloitte is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and, 
as such, voluntarily operates under the Code of Conduct in relation to 
executive remuneration consulting in the UK. Aon Hewitt Limited was 
appointed by the Committee in previous years. The Committee took into 
account the Remuneration Consultants Group’s Code of Conduct when 
reviewing the appointment of Aon Hewitt Limited and Deloitte LLP.

The Committee is satisfied that all advice received was objective 
and independent. 

For

Against

Total votes cast (for and against)

Votes withheld

Total votes (including withheld votes)

Committee member

Helen Sachdev (Committee Chair)

Martin Morgan

Paul Dollman

William Macpherson

Member since

April 2020

May 2018

September 2015

February 2021

Statement of voting at general meeting (unaudited information)
At the Annual General Meeting held on 3 November 2021 the Annual Report on remuneration received the following votes from shareholders:

At the Annual General Meeting held on 3 November 2021 the Directors’ Remuneration Policy received the following votes from shareholders:

58

Committee
meetings
attended

Committee
meetings
eligible to
attend

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

% of votes cast

97.89%

2.11%

Total number
of votes

72,070,678

1,553,300

73,623,978

—

73,623,978

% of votes cast

97.88%

2.12%

Total number
of votes

72,064,696

1,559,282

73,623,978

—

73,623,978

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ report and other statutory information 

59

The Directors present their report together with the audited consolidated 
financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2022. The Directors’ 
report comprises pages 59 to 61 and the sections of the Annual Report 
incorporated by reference are set out below which, taken together, contain 
the information to be included in the Annual Report, where applicable, 
under Listing Rule 9.8.4.

Board membership 

Dividends 

Directors’ long term incentives 

Corporate governance report 

Future developments of the business of the Group 

Employee equality, diversity and involvement 

Events after the reporting period 

Subsidiaries of the Group 

Financial risk management 

Sustainability and greenhouse gas emissions 

S172 statement and stakeholder engagement 

Going concern  

Viability statement  

p. 38

p. 10

p.49

p.  39

p. 8

p. 19–20

p. 104

p.  91–92

p. 94–98

p. 18–24

p. 16–17

p. 76

p. 36

Political donations
No political donations were made during the year (2021: £nil).

Directors and Directors’ interests
All Directors are equally accountable for the proper stewardship of 
the Company’s affairs. Executive and Non-Executive Directors offer 
themselves for election or re-election at each Annual General Meeting as 
a result of the Company deciding to adopt best practice guidelines and the 
2018 UK Corporate Governance Code, located on the FRC’s website at 
www.frc.org.uk/directors/corporate-governance-and-stewardship/
uk-corporate-governance-code.

Details of the remuneration, service contracts, letters of appointment and 
interests in the share capital of the Company for the Directors who have 
served during the year are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration report on 
pages 47 to 58.

As disclosed in note 28 none of the Directors had any material interest in 
any contract, other than an employment contract, that was significant in 
relation to the Group’s business at any time during the year.

Directors’ third‑party indemnity provisions
To reduce the possibility of the Company incurring expenses which might 
arise from the need to indemnify a Director or Officer from claims made 
against them or the cost associated with their defence, the Group has in 
place Directors’ and Officers’ qualifying third-party liability insurance 
as permitted by the Companies Act 2006, which has been in force 
throughout the financial year and up to the date of approval of 
these financial statements.

Notice concerning forward‑looking statements
This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements. Although the 
Group believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking 
statements are reasonable, these statements are not guarantees of future 
performance and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties and 
actual results and events could differ materially from those currently being 
anticipated as reflected in such forward-looking statements.

The terms ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘forecast’, ‘target’, ‘believe’, ‘should be’, 
‘will be’ and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking 
statements. Factors which may cause future outcomes to differ from 
those foreseen in forward-looking statements include, but are not limited 
to, those identified under ‘Principal risks and uncertainties’ on pages 27 to 
32 of this Annual Report. 

The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report speak 
only as of the date of publication of this Annual Report and the Group 
therefore cautions readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-
looking statements. Except as required by any applicable law or regulation, 
the Group expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release 
publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements 
contained in this document to reflect any change in the Group’s expectations 
or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such 
statement is based.

General information
The Company is public limited and is incorporated and domiciled in the 
UK. The Company is listed on the main market of the London Stock 
Exchange. The Company’s registered address is 10 Whitechapel High 
Street, London E1 8QS.

Branches outside the UK
The Group does not operate any branches outside the UK.

Research and development activities
The Group invests in research and development to support the 
development of its businesses which can rely on technology to deliver 
their data, information, education and training services. Examples of 
investments undertaken in the year are included in the Financial review on 
pages 25 to 26.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ report and other statutory information continued

60

We continue to commit to effective 
policy implementation to ensure our 
recruitment processes are inclusive. 

Inclusivity and employee engagement
The Group’s recruitment policy ensures that all job applications are 
reviewed on a fair basis free from discrimination. This policy aligns strongly 
to our work to embed an inclusive culture across the Group, and to our 
accessibility agenda as set out in the Sustainability report on pages 19 to 20. 
The policy includes provision to ensure that any candidate or employee 
who has or develops a disability, long term health condition or impairment 
is considered fairly in our recruitment and career progression processes. 
The Group also has a policy to ensure that it makes reasonable 
adjustments for all candidates or employees to reflect their needs and 
allow them to participate fully, develop and thrive in our business.

Please refer to the Section 172 statement on pages 16 to 17 for information 
regarding actions taken during the year to maintain employee engagement.

Financial instruments
An explanation of the Group’s treasury policies and existing financial 
instruments is set out in note 21 of the financial statements. 

Purchase of own shares and sale of treasury shares 
The Group has, in previous years, purchased its own shares and holds 
such shares in treasury. At 30 June 2022, 65,970 shares were held in 
treasury (2021: 34,533), which represents 0.1% (2021: 0.1%) of the share 
capital of the Company. 

During the year the Wilmington Group plc Employee Share Ownership 
Trust (‘ESOT’) purchased 170,097 ordinary shares for the purpose of 
future settlement of employee share schemes. These shares will ultimately 
be used by the Trust for the settlement of awards granted under the 
Company’s employee share schemes. The Company seeks authority from 
its shareholders at each Annual General Meeting to purchase its own shares.

In May 2022 Wilmington issued a further 224,838 ordinary voting shares 
to satisfy the Company’s obligations under the SAYE Plan.

Contracts of significance with shareholders
The Company and its subsidiary undertakings do not have any contractual 
or other arrangements with any continuing shareholders which are 
essential to the business of the Company.

Takeover directive disclosures
As at 30 June 2022, the Company had only one authorised class of share, 
namely ordinary shares of 5p each, of which there were in issue 87,828,755 
(2021: 87,603,917). There are no special arrangements or restrictions 
relating to any of these shares, whether in terms of transfers, voting rights, 
or relating to changes in control of the Company. The Company does 
not have any special rules in place regarding the appointment and 
replacement of Directors, or regarding amendments to the Company’s 
articles of association.

Under the terms of the Company’s banking arrangements, in the event 
that a person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of the 
Company, the lending banks may require, by giving not less than 30 days’ 
notice, the repayment of any debt and the cancellation of facilities.

Subject to various conditions, if the Company is taken over, all share 
awards and options will vest and may be exercised. 

Except for share awards and options, and the banking arrangements 
described above there are no special conditions or agreements in place 
which would take effect, alter or terminate in the event of a takeover. 

Apart from the interests of the Directors disclosed in the Directors’ 
Remuneration report and the substantial interests listed on page 43 
there are no individuals or entities with significant holdings, either direct 
or indirect, in the Company.

Annual General Meeting
A separate notice convening the Annual General Meeting of the Company 
to be held at the head office, 10 Whitechapel High Street, London E1 8QS, 
on 23 November 2022 will be circulated to shareholders with this Annual 
Report and financial statements.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 202261

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions. 

To the best of our knowledge:

• 

• 

the Group financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRSs as 
adopted by the United Kingdom, give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the 
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and 

the Strategic report and Directors’ report include a fair review of the 
development and performance of the business and the position of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as 
a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face.

Approved on behalf of the Board by:

Guy Millward
Chief Financial Officer
21 September 2022

Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for 
each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the 
financial statements in accordance with UK adopted international 
accounting standards (UK adopted IAS). Under company law the 
Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs and profit 
or loss of the Company and Group for that period. In preparing these 
financial statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•  make judgments and accounting estimates that are reasonable and 

prudent; and

•  state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the United Kingdom 
have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed 
and explained in the financial statements.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the 
Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the 
Directors’ Remuneration report comply with the Companies Act 2006. 
They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors confirm that: 

•  so far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information 

of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and

• 

the Directors have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken 
as Directors in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are aware 
of that information.

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations. Having taken advice from the Audit 
Committee, the Directors consider the Annual Report and the financial 
statements, taken as a whole, provides the information necessary to 
assess the Company’s performance, business model and strategy and is 
fair, balanced and understandable.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

62

Financial
Statements

63 

Independent auditors’ report 

70 

71 

 Consolidated income statement

 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

72  Balance sheets

73 

 Statements of changes in equity

75  Cash flow statements

 Notes to the financial statements 

76 
105   Pro forma five year financial summary (unaudited)
106   Advisors and corporate calendar

Wilmington plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022

Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Independent auditors’ report 
to the members of Wilmington plc

Opinion
Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of Wilmington plc (the ‘Company’) 
and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 30 June 2022, which 
comprise the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income, the Group and Company balance sheets, the 
Group and company statements of changes in equity, the Group and 
Company cash flow statements and notes to the financial statements, 
including a summary of significant accounting policies. The financial 
reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group 
financial statements is applicable law and UK-adopted international 
accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that has been 
applied in the preparation of the Company financial statements is 
UK-adopted international accounting standards as applied in accordance 
with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion:

• 

• 

• 

• 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the 
Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 30 June 2022 and of the 
Group’s profit for the year then ended;

the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards; 

the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards as 
applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and 

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on 
Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial statements’ section of our report. We are 
independent of the Group and the Company in accordance with the 
ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied 
to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe 
that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate 
to provide a basis for our opinion.

63

Conclusions relating to going concern
We are responsible for concluding on the appropriateness of the directors’ 
use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit 
evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events 
or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and the 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a 
material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our report 
to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures 
are inadequate, to modify the auditor’s opinion. Our conclusions are based 
on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our report. However, 
future events or conditions may cause the Group or the Company to 
cease to continue as a going concern.

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s and the 
Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included:

•  evaluating the Group’s and the Company’s cash position and 

performance throughout the year, considering the Company’s ability to 
pay dividends, concluding that the Group’s and the Company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern was not a significant risk that required 
special audit consideration;

•  obtaining management’s base case forecasts for the going concern 
period to 30 September 2023 and evaluating their integrity and 
suitability as a basis for management to assess going concern;

•  assessing mathematical accuracy of management’s forecasts, 

and corroborating to supporting documentation and Board approval 
where appropriate;

•  challenging the key inputs underpinning the forecasts including 

agreeing the opening net cash position as 30 June 2022 to audited 
balances and corroborating the existence and availability of the 
group’s loan facility for the going concern period;

• 

following the repayment of bank debt in the year, the focus of the 
audit team’s assessment shifted from covenant compliance to liquidity, 
reviewing forecast cash reserves throughout the going concern period 
and challenging the underlying assumptions;

•  considering the severity and plausibility of management’s downside 

scenarios, and evaluating the assumptions regarding revenue 
reductions and increased costs under each of these scenarios;

•  considering the severity and plausibility of management’s reverse 

stress test scenario prepared to identify the conditions which would 
result in the exhaustion of cash reserves, and evaluating the mitigating 
actions available to management;

•  assessing whether the assumptions are consistent with our 

understanding of the business obtained during the course of the audit 
and the changing external circumstances arising from the changing 
global economic environment;

•  evaluating the accuracy of management’s historical forecasting 

and the impact of this on management’s assessment;

• 

inspecting unaudited post year end performance and minutes of 
meetings of the Board of directors and all of its committees to ensure 
any post year end events have been factored into management’s 
forecasts; and

•  evaluating the appropriateness and adequacy of disclosures in respect 

of going concern made in the financial statements.

In our evaluation of the directors’ conclusions, we considered the inherent 
risks associated with the Group’s and the Company’s business model 
including effects arising from macro-economic uncertainties such as 
Covid-19, we assessed and challenged the reasonableness of estimates 
made by the directors and the related disclosures and analysed how 
those risks might affect the Group’s and the Company’s financial 
resources or ability to continue operations over the going concern period. 

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material 
uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, 
may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and the Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from 
when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ 
use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the 
financial statements is appropriate. 

In relation to the Group’s and the Company’s reporting on how they have 
applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material 
to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the 
financial statements about whether the directors considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

The responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are 
described in the ‘Responsibilities of directors for the financial statements’ 
section of this report.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Independent auditors’ report continued 
to the members of Wilmington plc

Our approach to the audit

Materiality

Key audit 
matters

Scoping

Overview of our audit approach

Overall materiality: 

Group: £900,000, which represents 5% 
of the Group’s normalized profit before tax, 
determined at the planning stage of the audit.

Company: £495,000, which represents 1% 
of the Company’s total assets capped at its 
component materiality, being 55% of 
Group materiality.

Key audit matters were identified as:

•  Recognition of revenue (same as 

previous year)

Our auditor’s report for the year ended 
30 June 2021 included one key audit matter 
that has not been reported as a key audit 
matter in the current year. This relates to 
impairment of goodwill which is not included 
in the current year due to the lack of 
impairment indicators and increase in 
headroom from prior year. 

We performed full scope audit procedures 
on the financial statements of Wilmington plc 
and on the financial information of 
Wilmington Shared Services Limited, 
Wilmington Healthcare Limited, Axco 
Insurance Information Services Limited, 
International Compliance Training Limited 
and Mercia Group Limited.

Full scope or specified audit procedures 
were performed on the financial information 
of components representing 80% of the 
Group’s revenue and 73% of the Group’s 
profit before tax.

64

Key Audit Matter – Group

How our scope addressed the matter – Group

Recognition of revenue
We identified recognition of 
revenue as one of the most 
significant assessed risks of 
material misstatement due 
to fraud.

Under International Standard on 
Auditing (UK) 240 ‘The Auditor’s 
Responsibilities Relating to 
Fraud in an Audit of Financial 
Statements’, there is a 
presumption that there are risks 
of fraud in revenue recognition. 

The group has a number of 
revenue streams which include 
performance obligations 
recognised at both a point in time 
and over time, spanning less than 
one year and not involving 
complex arrangements.

We assessed the risk of fraud 
to be greatest in the final quarter 
of the year, where there is an 
increased risk of manipulation 
of the timing or quantum of 
revenue. This could lead to 
revenue being inappropriately 
recognised in the year rather 
than being deferred.

There is also an associated risk 
relating to the completeness of 
deferred revenue.

In responding to the key audit matter, we 
performed the following audit procedures:

•  assessing the stated accounting policies 
in respect of revenue recognition and 
whether these are consistent with IFRS 
15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers’ and whether revenue has 
been recorded in accordance with the 
accounting policies; 

•  performing substantive testing on a 

sample of revenue transactions during 
the year with a particular focus on the 
final quarter, across each of the significant 
revenue streams to assess whether 
revenue is recognised in accordance 
with the contract terms and agreeing 
to supporting evidence to confirm 
occurrence; 

•  Calculating an expected amount of 
deferred income for each item in our 
sample, and traced this through to deferred 
income to confirm completeness of the 
deferred income balance at year end;

•  In the case of five components, performing 
extended walkthroughs over a sample of 
items to follow the transactions through 
the full sales process from initiation to 
payment from customer and any 
associated deferred income;

•  tracing a sample of transactions from the 
customer relationship management 
system and billing software to the sales 
ledger to confirm completeness of revenue; 

•  performing cut off procedures to ensure 
that revenue was recognised in the correct 
period via testing of revenue through to 
current year deferred income schedules, 
and tracing through prior period deferred 
income balances to current year revenue 
listing in the current period; 

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, 
were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the 
current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These 
matters included those that had the greatest effect on: the overall audit 
strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts 
of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of 
our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Description

Audit response

Key audit matters

Disclosures

Our results

In the graph below, we have presented the key audit matters, significant 
risks and other risks relevant to the audit.

10

9

12

11

8

4

5

7

6

3

1

2

High

Potential 
financial 
statement 
impact

Low

Low

Extent of management judgement

High

Key audit matter

Significant risk

Other risk

Intangible assets

7. Cash

1.

2.

Intercompany receivables 
(parent company only)

3. Trade receivables

4. Accruals

5. Share options expense

6. Operating expenses

8.

Investments  
(parent company only)

9. Management override 

of controls

10. Recognition of revenue

11. Going concern

12. Impairment of goodwill

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Independent auditors’ report continued 
to the members of Wilmington plc

65

Key audit matters continued
Key Audit Matter – Group

How our scope addressed the matter – Group

Materiality was determined as follows:

Materiality measure

Group

Company

Recognition of revenue 
continued

•  selecting a sample of post year end 

credit notes and tracing to 
corresponding invoice, assessing 
whether revenue had been incorrectly 
recognised in the financial year; and

•  performing an analysis of credit notes 
raised post year end for evidence of 
revenue transactions that should have 
been provided for in the financial year.

Relevant disclosures in the 
Annual Report and Financial 
Statements 2022
•  Financial statements: Note 3, 

Our results
Our audit work did not identify any 
material errors in the recognition 
of revenue during the year.

Revenue

•  Audit Committee report: 
Revenue recognition

We did not identify any key audit matters relating to the audit of the 
financial statements of the Company.

Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing the 
audit, and in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the audit 
and of uncorrected misstatements, if any, on the financial statements and 
in forming the opinion in the auditor’s report.

Materiality for financial 
statements as a whole

Materiality threshold

Significant judgements made 
by auditor in determining 
the materiality

We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that, individually or in the aggregate, 
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of the users of these financial statements. We use 
materiality in determining the nature, timing and extent of our audit work.

£900,000, which represents 5% of the Group’s normalized 
profit before tax, determined at the planning stage of 
the audit. 

£495,000, which represents 1% of the Company’s total 
assets capped at its component materiality, which is 55% 
of Group materiality. 

In determining materiality, we made the following 
significant judgements:

In determining materiality, we made the following significant 
judgements: 

•  Normalized profit before tax was considered the most 
appropriate benchmark because the movement in 
profit before tax has remained correlated with the 
activity of the business. 

•  The impact of any material non-recurring items were 
removed, namely the gain on disposal in the year. We 
then determined materiality at 5% of this normalized 
profit before tax figure.

Materiality for the current year is higher than the level that 
we determined for the year ended 30 June 2021 to reflect 
the change in benchmark and measurement percentage 
from 0.65% of forecast revenue in the prior year to 5% of 
normalized profit before tax this year, which was higher.

•  Total assets was considered the most appropriate 

benchmark because the Company’s purpose is to hold 
material investments in its subsidiary companies and in 
the amounts receivable from subsidiary companies, 
and does not trade.

•  Company materiality was initially determined at 1% 
of total assets, however this has been capped at its 
component materiality of £495,000 to provide 
sufficient assurance at the Group level. 

Materiality for the current year is lower than the level that 
we determined for the year ended 30 June 2021 to reflect 
the capping at a lower measurement percentage this year 
of 55% (2021: 75%), which was required to ensure sufficient 
audit procedures were performed for the purposes of the 
group audit.

Performance materiality 
used to drive the extent of 
our testing

We set performance materiality at an amount less than materiality for the financial statements as a whole to reduce to 
an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds 
materiality for the financial statements as a whole.

Performance materiality threshold £675,000, which is 75% of financial statement materiality.

£371,000, which is 75% of financial statement materiality.

Significant judgements made by 
auditor in determining the 
performance materiality

In determining performance materiality, we made the 
following significant judgements:

In determining performance materiality, we made the 
following significant judgements:

•  Our experience with auditing the financial statements of 
the Group in previous years – based on the number and 
quantum of identified misstatements in the prior year 
audit and management’s attitude to correcting 
misstatements identified; 

•  Our experience with auditing the financial statements of 
the Company in previous years – based on the number 
and quantum of identified misstatements in the prior year 
audit and management’s attitude to correcting 
misstatements identified; and

•  Our assessment of the strength and effectiveness of 

•  Our assessment of the strength and effectiveness of 

the control environment; and 

the control environment.

•  The number of components within the Group and the 
extent of audit procedures planned and performed at 
these components.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Independent auditors’ report continued 
to the members of Wilmington plc

Our application of materiality continued
Materiality measure

Group

Company

Specific materiality

We determine specific materiality for one or more particular classes of transactions, account balances or disclosures 
for which misstatements of lesser amounts than materiality for the financial statements as a whole could reasonably 
be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.

Specific materiality 

We determined a lower level of specific materiality for the 
following areas:

We determined a lower level of specific materiality 
for the following areas:

Communication of 
misstatements to the 
Audit Committee

Threshold for communication

•  Related party transactions; and
•  Directors’ remuneration.

•  Related party transactions; and
•  Directors’ remuneration.

We determine a threshold for reporting unadjusted differences to the Audit Committee.

£45,000 and misstatements below that threshold that, in 
our view, warrant reporting on qualitative grounds.

£24,750 and misstatements below that threshold that, 
in our view, warrant reporting on qualitative grounds.

The graph below illustrates how performance materiality interacts with our overall materiality and the tolerance for potential uncorrected misstatements.

Overall materiality – Group

Overall materiality – Company

£18.1m

9999++11++00++KK9898++22++KK

Tolerance for potential 
uncorrected 
misstatements 
£225,000

Performance 
materiality  
£675,000

£900,000

£495,000

£129.8m

25%

75%

75%

25%

Performance 
materiality  
£371,000

Tolerance for potential 
uncorrected 
misstatements  
£124,000

Normalised profit before tax

Financial statements materiality

Total assets

Financial statements materiality

An overview of the scope of our audit
We performed a risk-based audit that requires an understanding of the Group’s and the Company’s business and in particular matters related to:

Understanding the Group, its components, and their environments, including Group‑wide controls
•  obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including Group-wide controls, and assessing the risks of material misstatement 

at the group level;

•  evaluation of the design and implementation of controls over the financial reporting systems and the effectiveness of the control environment 

as part of our risk assessment; and

•  evaluation by the Group audit team of identified components to assess the significance of each component and to determine the planned 

audit response based on a measure of materiality.

Identifying significant components
• 

in setting our audit scope we assessed qualitative and quantitative factors to identify components which are significant to the Group;

•  with regards to quantitative measures, we determined any individual component which significant contribution to consolidated revenues 

or consolidated underlying profit or loss before taxation to be financially significant to the Group;

66

• 

• 

• 

financially significant components were identified as Wilmington plc 
and Wilmington Shares Services Limited, based on qualitative factors. 
Wilmington Healthcare Limited and Axco Insurance Information 
Services Limited were also identified as significant components due to 
quantitative factors. These four components were subject to full scope 
audit procedures and represent 28% of the Group’s revenue and 52% 
of the Group’s profit before tax. All work in relation to these 
components was performed by the Group audit team;

two further components were identified as not being financially 
significant but material and therefore still requiring full scope audit 
procedures, being International Compliance Training Limited and 
Mercia Group Limited. All work in relation to these components was 
performed by the Group audit team;

five further components were identified for specified audit procedures 
on specific balances. The work on these components was targeted 
according to the nature of the balances within these components. All 
work in relation to these components was performed by the Group 
audit team, with the exception of the procedures performed over APM 
Media International, which were performed by Grant Thornton France 
and reviewed by the group audit team who then performed any 
additional audit procedures as appropriate.

• 

the remaining 42 components were subject to analytical procedures 
commensurate with their significance to the Group’s results and 
financial position.

Type of work to be performed on financial information of parent 
and other components
• 

for the Company and other financially significant components 
requiring a full-scope approach, we evaluated the design and 
implementation of controls over the financial reporting systems 
identified as part of our risk assessment and addressed critical 
accounting matters. We then undertook substantive testing on 
significant transactions and material account balances;

• 

• 

for components identified as not being financially significant but still 
requiring a full-scope approach, the financial information of each 
component was subjected to audit procedures to component materiality; 

for components identified for specified audit procedures, audit 
procedures were performed on revenue balances to provide us 
with assurance for the significant risk and key audit matter of the 
recognition of revenue.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Independent auditors’ report continued 
to the members of Wilmington plc

67

An overview of the scope of our audit continued
Performance of our audit
•  Work performed over full scope components and specified 

procedures components covered 80% of the Group’s revenue and 
73% of the Group’s profit before tax; and

• 

the remaining components of the Group were subject to analytical 
procedures commensurate with their significance to the Group’s 
results and financial position.

Communications with component auditors
•  The specific audit procedures performed on APM International SAS 

were carried out by Grant Thornton France. 

•  Detailed audit instructions were issued to the component auditors, 
including the specific audit procedures to be performed on the 
individual component, and indicating the information we required to 
be reported back to the Group audit team. The Group audit team 
performed reviews of the component auditor’s work, performing 
additional procedures where appropriate. We communicated with the 
component auditors as required throughout the planning, fieldwork 
and completion stages of the audit.

Changes in approach from prior year
•  The subsidiary Axco Insurance Information Services Limited has been 

identified as financially significant in the year whereas it was identified as not 
being financial significant but still requiring a full scope audit in the prior year.

Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other 
information comprises the information included in the annual report and 
financial statements, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s 
report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the 
other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in 
our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility 
is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the 
other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or 
our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a material 
misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the 
other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude 
that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Our opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 
2006 are unmodified
In our opinion, the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited 
has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  The subsidiaries Wilmington Publishing & Information Limited, Bond Solon 
Training Limited, Smee and Ford Limited and Wilmington FRA Inc have been 
identified as requiring specified audit procedures in the year, whereas in the 
prior year they were identified as either not being financially significant, or not 
being financially significant but still requiring a full-scope audit.

• 

• 

the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report 
for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared 
is consistent with the financial statements; and

the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared 
in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

•  The subsidiaries Adkins & Matchett (UK) Limited, International 

Compliance Training Academy PTE Limited, Wilmington Holdings No.1 
Limited and Central Law Training Limited have been identified as not 
being financially significant in the year whereas in the prior year they 
were identified as either not being financial significant but still requiring 
a full scope audit or requiring specified audit procedures.

Audit approach

Full-scope audit

Specified audit 
procedures

Analytical procedures

Consolidation adjustments

No. of 
components

% coverage 
Revenue

% coverage 
Profit before tax

6

5

42

0

50%

30%

20%

0%

60%

16%

11%

13%

Matter on which we are required to report under the Companies 
Act 2006
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the 
Company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we 
have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the 
directors’ report. 

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation 
to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in 
our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or 
returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches 
not visited by us; or

• 

the Company financial statements and the part of the directors’ 
remuneration report to be audited are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not 

made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require 

for our audit.

Corporate governance statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statement in relation 
to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate 
Governance Statement relating to the Group’s and the Company’s 
compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
specified for our review.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded 
that each of the following elements of the Corporate Governance 
Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements or our 
knowledge obtained during the audit:

• 

• 

• 

• 

the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the 
directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting in preparing the financial statements and the directors’ 
identification of any material uncertainties to the Group’s and the 
Company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve 
months from the date of approval of the financial statements;

the directors’ explanation in the annual reports to how they have 
assessed the prospects of the Group and the Company, over what 
period they have done so and why they consider that period to be 
appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group and the Company will be able to continue in 
operation and meet their liabilities as they fall due over the period of 
their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention 
to any necessary qualifications or assumptions;

the directors’ statement that they consider the annual report and 
financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s and the Company’s performance, 
business model and strategy; 

the directors’ confirmation in the annual report that they have carried 
out a robust assessment of the principal and emerging risks facing the 
Group and the Company, including the impact of Covid-19, and the 
disclosures in the annual report that describe the principal risks, 
procedures to identify emerging risks and an explanation of how 
they are being managed or mitigated; 

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Independent auditors’ report continued 
to the members of Wilmington plc

Other information continued
Corporate governance statement continued
• 

the section of the annual report that describes the review of the 
effectiveness of the Group’s and the Company’s risk management 
and internal control systems, covering all material controls, including 
financial, operational and compliance controls; and

• 

the section of the annual report describing the work of the Audit 
Committee, including significant issues that the Audit Committee 
considered relating to the financial statements and how these issues 
were addressed. 

Responsibilities of directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of directors’ responsibilities, the 
directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements 
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such 
internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for 
assessing the group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and 
using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either 
intend to liquidate the group or the Company or to cease operations, or 
have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes 
our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a 
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will 
always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can 
arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of 
our auditor’s report.

Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable 
of detecting irregularities, including fraud 
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws 
and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, 
outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of 
irregularities, including fraud. Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, 
there is an unavoidable risk that material misstatements in the financial 
statements may not be detected, even though the audit is properly 
planned and performed in accordance with ISAs (UK). 

The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud, is detailed below: 

•  We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks 
applicable to the Group and the Company and the sector in which they 
operate. We determined that the following laws and regulations were 
most significant: UK-adopted international accounting standards (for 
the Group) and UK-adopted international accounting standards as 
applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 
(for the Company), the Companies Act 2006, the Listing Rules, the UK 
Corporate Governance Code and UK corporate taxation laws.

•  We obtained an understanding of how the Group and the Company are 
complying with those legal and regulatory frameworks by making 
inquiries of management and of the Group’s head of legal department. 
We corroborated our inquiries through our review of Board minutes 
and papers provided to the Audit Committee.

•  We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s and the Company’s 
financial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud 
might occur. Audit procedures performed by the Group engagement 
team included:

• 

identifying and assessing the design and implementation of 
controls management has in place to prevent and detect fraud; 

•  obtaining an understanding of how those charged with governance 
considered and addressed the potential for override of controls 
or applied other inappropriate influence over the financial 
reporting process;

•  challenging assumptions and judgments made by management 

in its significant accounting estimates;

• 

identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal 
entries posted with unusual account combinations; and 

•  assessing the extent of compliance with the relevant laws 

and regulations.

68

•  These audit procedures were designed to provide reasonable 

assurance that the financial statements were free from fraud or error. 
The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher 
than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error and detecting 
irregularities that result from fraud is inherently more difficult than 
detecting those that result from error, as fraud may involve collusion, 
deliberate concealment, forgery or intentional misrepresentations. 
Also, the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is 
from events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the 
less likely we would become aware of it. 

•  The engagement partner assessed whether the engagement team 
collectively had the appropriate competence and capabilities to 
identify and recognise non-compliance with laws and regulations 
through an assessment of the engagement team’s:

•  understanding of, and practical experience with, audit 

engagements of a similar nature and complexity, through 
appropriate training and participation; and

• 

knowledge of the industry in which the Group and Company operate.

•  Team communications in respect of potential non-compliance with 
laws and regulations and fraud included the potential for fraud in 
revenue recognition through manipulation of deferred income. This is 
also reported as a key audit matter in the key audit matters section of 
our report, where the matter and specific procedures performed in 
response to this matter are described in more detail.

•  We also inquired with the component auditors as to whether they had 

identified any instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that 
could give rise to a material misstatement of the group financial statements.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 202269

Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Independent auditors’ report continued 
to the members of Wilmington plc

Other information continued
Other matters which we are required to address
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were 
appointed by the Board on 13 June 2022 to audit the financial statements 
for the year ending 30 June 2022.

The period of total uninterrupted engagement including previous renewals 
and reappointments of the firm is 4 years, covering the periods ended 
30 June 2019 to 30 June 2022.

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were 
not provided to the Group or the Company and we remain independent 
of the Group and the Company in conducting our audit.

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the 
Audit Committee.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our 
audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s 
members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s 
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we 
do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company 
and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, 
or for the opinions we have formed.

Sergio Cardoso
Senior Statutory Auditor
for and on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP
Statutory Auditor, Chartered Accountants
London
21 September 2022

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 202270

Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 30 June 2022

Continuing operations 

Revenue

Operating expenses before amortisation of intangibles excluding computer software, impairment 
and adjusting items

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software

Adjusting items

Operating expenses

Other income – gain on disposal of subsidiaries

Other income – gain on disposal of business operations

Other income – gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Other income – net gain on financing activities

Operating profit/(loss)

Net finance costs

Profit/(loss) before tax 

Taxation 

Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to owners of the parent

Earnings/(loss) per share:

Basic (p) 

Diluted (p) 

The notes on pages 76 to 104 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

Year ended 
30 June 2022
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 2021
£’000

Notes

3

121,028

113,027

(99,407)

(597)

(2,368)

(66)

(102,438)

16,329

—

1,289

840

37,048

(928)

36,120

(3,295)

32,825

37.46

36.98

4b

4b

4b

5

11

4a

6

7

9

9

(96,378)

(14,834)

(3,400)

(2,970)

(117,582)

770

3,394

—

—

(391)

(1,634)

(2,025)

(2,522)

(4,547)

(5.18)

(5.18)

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 30 June 2022

71

Profit/(loss) for the year 

Other comprehensive income/(expense):

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement

Fair value movements on interest rate swaps, net of tax

Currency translation differences

Fair value movements of net investment hedges, net of tax

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year attributable to owners of the parent

Year ended
30 June 
2022
£’000

32,825

Year ended
30 June 
2021
£’000

(4,547)

—

2,353

(193)

2,160

34,985

93

(1,732)

762

(877)

(5,424)

Items in the statement above are disclosed net of tax. The income tax relating to each component of other comprehensive income is 
disclosed in note 7. The notes on pages 76 to 104 are an integral part of these financial statements.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
72

Wilmington plc, the parent company, recorded a profit of £14,959,000 
(2021: £37,865,000) during the year.

The notes on pages 76 to 104 are an integral part of these consolidated 
financial statements. The financial statements on pages 70 to 104 were 
approved and authorised for issue by the Board and signed on their behalf 
on 21 September 2022.

Mark Milner 
Chief Executive Officer 

Guy Millward
Chief Financial Officer

54,032

54,749

118,741

106,964

Registered number: 03015847

Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Balance sheets
as at 30 June 2022

Group

Company

Non‑current assets

Goodwill 

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investment in subsidiaries

Deferred consideration receivable

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax assets 

Current assets

Trade and other receivables 

Deferred consideration receivable

Current tax assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Assets of disposal group held for sale

Total assets 

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables 

Current tax liabilities

Borrowings 

Lease liabilities 

Provisions

Liabilities of disposal group held for sale

Non‑current liabilities

Borrowings

Lease liabilities 

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity

Share capital 

Share premium 

Treasury and ESOT reserves 

Share based payments reserve 

Translation reserve 

Retained earnings/(accumulated losses)

Total equity 

Notes 

12

13

14

15

17

22

16

20

18

19

25

26

20

19

25

22

26

23

23

23

2022
£’000

61,128

9,427

6,876

—

1,448

—

1,041

79,920

27,097

250

1,262

19,785

1,450

49,844

129,764

2021
£’000

65,833

14,000

9,277

—  

1,585

57

1,364

92,116

28,698

250

312

7,374

1,588

38,222

130,338

2022
£’000

—

—

4,108

49,420

—

—

504

2021
£’000

—

—

4,833

49,420

—

57

439

—

—

15,734

—

134,475

188,507

—

—

2,702

—

109,666

164,415

(37,167)

(170)

—

(1,606)

—

—

(50,258)

(54,959)

(53,314)

—

—

(648)

(307)

(1,332)

—  

(3,644)

(2,356)

(461)

—  

(170)

—

(118)

—

—

(52,545)

(61,420)

(53,602)

(38,943)

—

(6,862)

(2,040)

(1,228)

(10,130)

(62,675)

67,089

4,391

45,553

(1,093)

2,141

4,422

11,675

67,089

(20,430)

(8,386)

(2,054)

(1,381)

(32,251)

(93,671)

36,667

4,380

45,225

(701)

1,390

2,069

(15,696)

36,667

—

(6,107)

—

—

(6,107)

(59,709)

128,798

4,391

45,553

(183)

2,141

—

76,896

128,798

—

(7,357)

—

—

(7,357)

(46,300)

118,115

4,380

45,225

(78)

1,390

—

67,198

118,115

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
73

Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Statements of changes in equity
for the year ended 30 June 2022

Group

At 1 July 2020

Loss for the year 

Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year

Transactions with owners:

Dividends paid

Performance share plan awards vesting settled via ESOT

ESOT share purchases

Sale of treasury shares

Share based payments

Tax on share based payments 

At 30 June 2021

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year

Transactions with owners:

Dividends paid

Performance share plan awards vesting settled via ESOT

ESOT share purchases

Sale of treasury shares

Purchase of treasury shares

Issue of share capital

Issue of share premium

Save As You Earn options settlement

Share based payments

Tax on share based payments 

At 30 June 2022

Share capital,
share premium, 
ESOT shares
and treasury
shares (note 23)
£’000

Share based
payments
reserve
£’000

Translation
reserve
£’000

Retained earnings/
 (accumulated
losses)
£’000

Total equity
£’000

49,015

—

—

49,015

—

137

(263)

15

—

—

48,904

—

—

48,904

—

84

(371)

49

(154)

11

328

—

—

—

48,851

1,195

—

—

1,195

—

(241)

—

—

436

—

1,390

—

—

1,390

—

(105)

—

—

—

—

—

(180)

1,036

—

2,141

3,801

—

(1,732)

2,069

—

—

—

—

—

—

2,069

—

2,353

4,422

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(10,605)

(4,547)

855

(14,297)

(1,829)

104

—

—

—

326

(15,696)

32,825

(193)

16,936

43,406

(4,547)

(877)

37,982

(1,829)

—

(263)

15

436

326

36,667

32,825

2,160

71,652

(5,492)

(5,492)

21

—

—

—

—

—

152

—

58

—

(371)

49

(154)

11

328

(28)

1,036

58

4,422

11,675

67,089

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Statements of changes in equity continued
for the year ended 30 June 2022

74

Company

At 1 July 2020

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income for the year

Dividends paid

Performance share plan awards vesting settled via ESOT

Sale of treasury shares

Share based payments

Tax on share based payments

At 30 June 2021

Profit for the year 

Dividends paid

Performance share plan awards vesting settled via ESOT

Sale of treasury shares

Purchase of treasury shares

Issue of share capital

Issue of share premium

Save As You Earn options settlement

Share based payments

Tax on share based payments

At 30 June 2022

Share capital,
share premium
and treasury
shares (note 23)
£’000

 Share based
payments
reserve 
£’000

49,512

—

—

49,512

—

—

15

—

—

49,527

—

49,527

—

—

49

(154)

11

328

—

—

—

49,761

1,195

—

—

1,195

—

(241)

—

436

—

1,390

—

1,390

—

(105)

—

—

—

—

(180)

1,036

—

2,141

Retained
earnings 
£’000

30,638

37,865

94

68,597

(1,829)

104

—

—

326

67,198

14,959

82,157

(5,492)

21

—

—

—

—

152

—

58

Total 
£’000

81,345

37,865

94

119,304

(1,829)

(137)

15

436

326

118,115

14,959

133,074

(5,492)

(84)

49

(154)

11

328

(28)

1,036

58

76,896

128,798

The notes on pages 76 to 104 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Cash flow statements
for the year ended 30 June 2022

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from/(used in) operations before adjusting items 
Cash flows for adjusting items – operating activities
Cash flows from tax on share based payments
Cash generated from/(used in) operations
Interest paid
Tax paid
Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities 
Cash flows from investing activities
Disposal of subsidiaries net of cash
Proceeds from sale of group entity
Disposal of business operations
Deferred consideration received
Cash flows for adjusting items – investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of intangible assets

Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid to owners of the parent 
Issue of new shares
Share issuance costs
Purchase of shares by ESOT
Payment of lease liabilities
Cash flows for adjusting items – proceeds on disposal of interest rate swap
Fees relating to new and extended loan facility
Increase in bank loans 
Decrease in bank loans
Net cash used in financing activities
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents, net of bank overdrafts 
Cash and cash equivalents, net of bank overdrafts at beginning of the year 
Exchange gain/(loss) on cash and cash equivalents
Cash classified as held for sale
Cash and cash equivalents, net of bank overdrafts at end of the year 
Reconciliation of net cash/(debt)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
Bank overdrafts at beginning of the year
Bank loans at beginning of the year
Lease liabilities at beginning of the year

Net debt at beginning of the year
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents, net of bank overdrafts
Net repayment in bank loans
Exchange (loss)/gain on bank loans
Movement in lease liabilities
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year
Cash classified as held for sale at end of the year
Bank overdrafts at end of the year 
Bank loans at end of the year
Lease liabilities at end of the year

Net cash/(debt) at end of the year

Notes 

30

11
11

19

20

19

75

Group

Company

 Year ended 
30 June 2022 
 £’000

Year ended 
30 June 2021 
 £’000

Year ended 
30 June 2022 
 £’000

Year ended 
30 June 2021 
 £’000

The notes on pages 76 to 104 are an integral part of these consolidated 
financial statements.

24,570
(342)
(4)
24,224
(479)
(3,397)
20,348

22,792
—
—
250
(43)
(440)
3,493
(1,292)
24,760

(5,492)
340
(28)
(371)
(3,752)
1,243
—
—
(21,198)
(29,258)
15,850
3,730
205
758
20,543

7,374
(3,644)
(20,960)
(10,742)

(27,972)
16,813
21,198
(238)
3,232
19,785
758
—
—
(7,510)

13,033

17,290
(339)
9
16,960
(1,196)
(2,697)
13,067

400

—  

4,144
250
(151)
(1,047)
103
(1,969)
1,730

(1,829)
—
—  

(263)
(2,530)
—
(191)
2,000
(29,181)
(31,994)
(17,197)
21,426
(499)

—  

3,730

21,426

—  

(49,082)
(13,121)

(40,777)
(17,696)
27,181
941
2,379
7,374
—
(3,644)
(20,960)
(10,742)

(27,972)

(6,715)
(342)
(4)
(7,061)
(318)
(2,393)
(9,772)

—
23,345
—
—
(43)
—
3,439
—
26,741

(5,492)
340
(28)
—
—
1,243
—
—
—
(3,937)
13,032
2,702
—
—
15,734

2,702
—
—
(8,963)

(6,261)
13,032
—
—
2,738
15,734
—
—
—
(6,225)

9,509

20,384
—
9
20,393
(246)
(2,097)
18,050

—
—
—
—
(151)
—
—
—
(151)

(1,829)
—
—
—
—
—
(191)
16,000
(36,181)
(22,201)
(4,302)
7,004
—
—
2,702

7,004
—
(20,181)
(10,079)

(23,256)
(4,302)
20,181
—
1,116
2,702
—
—
—
(8,963)

(6,261)

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the financial statements

76

General information
The Company is a public company limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in the UK. The address of 
its registered office is 10 Whitechapel High Street, London E1 8QS.

The Company is listed on the Main Market on the London Stock Exchange. The Company is a provider of data, 
information, education and training in the global Governance, Risk and Compliance (‘GRC’) markets.

1. Statement of accounting policies
The significant accounting policies applied in preparing the financial statements are outlined below. These policies 
have been consistently applied for all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

a) Basis of preparation
The consolidated and Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted international 
accounting standards (‘UK adopted IAS’).

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except in respect 
of certain financial instruments that have been measured at fair value. The consolidated financial statements are 
presented in Sterling, the functional currency of Wilmington plc, the parent company. All values are rounded to the 
nearest thousand pounds (£’000) except where otherwise indicated.

All scenarios modelled in the stress testing exercise demonstrated that the Group remains in a net cash position 
throughout the going concern forecast period, and it is therefore not considered plausible for the Group to be 
in a scenario where it was unable to meet its liquidity needs. The review therefore focussed on other potential 
scenarios that would create a going concern risk, being scenarios in which banking covenants were breached. 
The reverse stress testing exercise demonstrated that there would need to be a significant and sustained drop 
in the Group’s profitability in combination with an associated demand for cash requiring the use of the revolving 
credit facility, to trigger a covenant breach. To determine the likelihood of this scenario occurring, extreme 
downside assumptions were applied to the base case as follows:

•  cancellation of flagship events; 

•  significant customer disruption causing material revenue loss; and

•  significant inflationary pressures and supply disruption with associated material cost impact.

The application of these downside assumptions did not trigger a net debt scenario or the associated cash 
requirement need to make use of the revolving credit facility at any relevant testing date. The Board therefore does 
not consider it plausible for a covenant breach to occur within the assessment period. To gain further assurance 
over this conclusion, it has however, considered a range of mitigative actions that could be applied to protect the 
Group’s position as follows:

Pursuant to Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company’s own income statement and statement of 
other comprehensive income are not presented separately in the Company financial statements, but they have 
been approved by the Board.

• 

reduce controllable costs, for example discretionary reward, recruitment freezes and travel restrictions;

•  optimise working capital by negotiating longer payment terms whilst continuing to pay suppliers in full;

Going concern
The Directors have performed a detailed viability assessment to consider the future prospects of the Group, 
taking into account a range of severe but plausible scenarios that could cause disruption and impact viability. As 
disclosed in the Strategic report, this assessment concludes that the Group has adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the viability assessment period. 

The Group has also performed a detailed analysis to support the use of the going concern basis in preparing 
its consolidated financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2022, covering an assessment period ended 
30 September 2023. 

Going concern assessment process
Management prepared forecasts for the assessment period to provide a ‘base case’ scenario, considered to 
reflect the most likely outcome based on detailed analysis of current trading, expected future trends, and potential 
impact of known risks. The results of this base case scenario modelling demonstrate adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence and meet liabilities as they fall due at all relevant testing dates. The subsequent 
analysis focussed on applying ‘reverse stress testing’ to the base case to demonstrate the conditions under which 
a threat to business continuity could materialise. 

• 

• 

limit capital expenditure on new product development; and

implement strategic action in respect of the Group’s asset base.

Based on the assessment performed, together with the performance of the Group to date in the financial year ended 
30 June 2022, the Directors consider that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the going concern assessment period. Accordingly the Directors have 
concluded that it was appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

b) New standards and interpretations
There was no material impact from the adoption of any new standards or interpretations in the year ended 
30 June 2022, including:

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS/IAS)

Description

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 
and IFRS 16

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – 
Phase 2

Amendment to IFRS 16

COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions 
beyond 30 June 2021

Effective for accounting
periods starting after

1 January 2021

1 April 2021

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

77

1. Statement of accounting policies continued
b) New standards and interpretations continued
New standards and interpretations not yet effective
Amended standards and interpretations not yet effective are not expected to have a material impact on 
the Group’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2023. 

c) Critical accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions 
that affect the amounts reported for income and expenses during the year and that affect the amounts reported 
for assets and liabilities at the reporting date. At the 2022 annual reporting date there are no critical accounting 
judgments or significant estimation uncertainties.

d) Basis of consolidation
The Group’s consolidated financial statements incorporate the results and net assets of Wilmington plc and all its 
subsidiary undertakings made up to 30 June each year. Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has 
control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its 
involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. 
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. 

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases due to a change in the estimates used to 
determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised, the previously recognised 
impairment loss is reversed to the extent that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed the carrying amount 
that would have been determined (net of amortisation or depreciation) had no impairment loss been recognised for 
the asset in prior years. The reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in the income statement.

Goodwill is not amortised, but it is reviewed for impairment at least annually. Goodwill is allocated to cash 
generating units (‘CGUs’) for the purpose of impairment testing, so that the value in use is determined by reference 
to the discounted cash flows of the CGU. The cash flows considered are the expected pre-tax cash flows of the 
CGU, for projections over a three year period extrapolated using estimated long term growth rates. The 
recoverable amount of the CGU, as for any asset, is the higher of the value in use and the fair value less costs to 
sell. If a CGU is impaired, the impairment losses are allocated firstly against goodwill, and then on a pro-rata basis 
against intangible and other assets. An impairment of goodwill cannot be reversed.

g) Foreign currencies
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the 
primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the ‘functional currency’). The consolidated financial 
statements are presented in Sterling, which is the Company’s functional and the Group’s presentation currency.

They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the 
financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line with those used by the Group. 
All inter-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation; however, for the 
purposes of segmental reporting, internal arm’s length recharges are included within the appropriate segments.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at 
the date of the transaction. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of transactions and 
the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at period end exchange rates 
are recognised in the income statement.

e) Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is applied in accounting for the acquisition of subsidiaries. The acquiree’s 
identifiable assets and liabilities are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date. Goodwill arising on acquisition 
is recognised as an asset and measured at cost, representing the excess of the aggregate of the consideration, the 
amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree, and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity 
interest in the acquiree (if any) over the net of the fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities at the date of 
acquisition. The consideration is measured at fair value, which is the aggregate of the fair values of the assets 
transferred, liabilities incurred or assumed and the equity instruments issued in exchange for control of the acquiree. 

f) Impairment of non‑financial assets
Intangible assets with finite useful lives and property, plant and equipment are tested for impairment if events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When an impairment test is 
performed, the recoverable amount of the asset is assessed and its carrying amount is reduced to that amount if 
lower, and any impairment losses are recognised in the income statement. The recoverable amount is the higher 
of the value in use and of the fair value less costs to sell, where the value in use is the present value of the future 
cash flows expected to be derived from the asset.

On consolidation, assets and liabilities of foreign undertakings are translated into Sterling at year end exchange rates. 
The results of foreign undertakings are translated into Sterling at average rates of exchange for the year (unless this 
average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effects of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, 
in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions). Foreign exchange differences 
arising on retranslation are recognised directly in a separate component of equity, the translation reserve.

In the event of the disposal of an undertaking with assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency, the 
cumulative translation difference in the translation reserve that is associated with the undertaking is charged 
or credited to the gain or loss on disposal recognised in the income statement.

Further information is provided in the financial instruments accounting policy in relation to loans and borrowings 
in foreign currencies that are designated as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

78

1. Statement of accounting policies continued
h) Revenue
Revenue is measured at the transaction price and represents amounts receivable for goods and services 
provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts, VAT and other sales related taxes. 

The Group’s revenue comprises different types of product and services across the two divisions as follows:

•  Subscription income for online services, information and journals is normally received in advance and is 

therefore recorded as deferred revenue on the balance sheet. Revenue is then recognised evenly over time as 
the performance obligations are satisfied over the term of the subscription. These revenue streams relate to 
one performance obligation that is settled over time using the outputs method on a straight line basis as the 
customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit from the service. 

•  Revenue is recognised on the sale of training material, research projects and similar publications once the 
product has been delivered to the customer. These revenue streams relate to one performance obligation 
that is settled at a point in time as Wilmington has a right to payment once control of the asset is transferred 
to the customer.

•  Advertising in hard copy publications is recognised on the issue of the related publication. This revenue stream 
relates to one performance obligation that is settled at a point in time as Wilmington has a right to payment 
once the advertising is published in the hard copy publication.

•  Marketing and advertising services revenues are recognised over the period of the advertising subscription or 
over the period when the marketing service is provided. When payment is received in advance it is recorded on 
the balance sheet as deferred revenue and revenue is then recognised over time as the performance 
obligations are satisfied over the term of the contract. These revenue streams relate to one performance 
obligation that is settled over time using the outputs method on a straight line basis as the customer 
simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit from the service.

•  Revenue from the licence of static data reports is recognised once the data has been delivered to the 

customer. This revenue stream relates to one performance obligation that is settled at a point in time as 
Wilmington has a right to payment once control of the asset is transferred to the customer. 

•  Revenue from the licence of static data reports where the customer has access to the data for a finite period of 
time and the reports have significant updates during that period is recognised over the period of the contract. 
When payment is received in advance it is recorded on the balance sheet as deferred revenue and revenue is 
then recognised over time as the performance obligations are satisfied over the term of the contract. This 
revenue stream relates to one performance obligation that is settled over time using the outputs method on 
a straight line basis as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit from the service.

•  Revenue from licences to dynamic data that is updated on an ongoing basis is recognised over the period of 
the contract. When payment is received in advance it is recorded on the balance sheet as deferred revenue 
and revenue is then recognised over time as the performance obligations are satisfied over the term of the 
contract. This revenue stream relates to one performance obligation that is settled over time using the outputs 
method on a straight line basis as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit from 
the service.

•  Revenue from training courses where the training is delivered as an ongoing process is recognised on a 

straight line basis over the period that the training is provided to the customer. When payment is received in 
advance it is recorded on the balance sheet as deferred revenue and revenue is then recognised over time as 
the performance obligations are satisfied over the term of the contract. This revenue stream relates to one 
performance obligation that is settled over time using the outputs method on a straight line basis as the 
customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit from the service.

•  Revenue from training courses where the Group provides in-house training to corporate customers is 

recognised on completion of the training course. This revenue stream relates to one performance obligation 
that is settled at a point in time as Wilmington has a right to payment once the service has been delivered to 
the customer.

•  Revenue from the memberships of professional organisations is recognised on a straight line basis over the 
period of membership. When payment is received in advance it is recorded on the balance sheet as deferred 
revenue and revenue is then recognised over time as the performance obligations are satisfied over the term 
of the contract. This revenue stream relates to one performance obligation that is settled over time using the 
outputs method on a straight line basis as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit 
from the service.

•  Event revenue (including revenue from conferences) typically includes attendee fees, event sponsorship and 
advertising and is recognised when the event is held. Customers and sponsors are often required to pay in 
advance before commencement of the event, and these advance receipts are recognised as deferred revenue 
on the balance sheet from the point at which they become due. This revenue stream relates to one 
performance obligation that is settled at a point in time as Wilmington has a right to payment once the service 
has been delivered to the customer.

Deferred revenue represents consideration received for performance obligations not yet satisfied, the revenue 
deferred at the current financial year end is expected to be recognised in the following financial year.

i) Operating expenses
In accordance with IAS 1 paragraph 102, expenses are presented in the accounts based on their nature. Operating 
expenses comprise cost of sales and administrative costs. Distribution costs are not separately identified due to 
the digital nature of the Group’s products as they are considered immaterial. Costs of sales are all direct costs, 
including third-party costs and staff costs, associated directly with the production of a product, event or service 
and are charged to the income statement as incurred. At each reporting date a prepayment is recognised for any 
third-party costs which are paid for in advance of the relevant event being run except in relation to marketing 
costs. Administrative costs are additional operational costs that are not directly associated with the production of 
a product, event or service. These include expenses relating to central administrative and management functions 
and are expensed to the income statement as incurred.

j) Segmental reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Executive 
Board of Directors (the ‘Board’) which is considered as the Group’s chief operating decision maker and is 
responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments. The two divisions 
(Training & Education and Intelligence) are the Group’s segments and generate all of the Group’s revenue. The 
Executive Board considers the business from both a geographic and product perspective. Geographically, 
management considers the performance of the Group between the UK, Europe (excluding the UK), North 
America and the Rest of the World.

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

79

1. Statement of accounting policies continued
k) Adjusting items
The Group’s income statement separately identifies adjusting items. Such items are those that in the Directors’ 
judgment are one off in nature and need to be disclosed separately by virtue of their size and incidence. In 
determining whether an item or transaction should be classified as an adjusting item, the Directors consider 
quantitative as well as qualitative factors such as the frequency, predictability of occurrence and significance. 

This focus on quantitative and qualitative factors may result in the classification of an item as adjusting, where one 
of apparently similar nature is not. The Group distinguishes between restructuring costs that are recurring and 
those that relate to one off or transformational Group programmes that impact many operations. Recurring 
restructuring costs that are incurred in the normal course of business are recorded as part of the Group’s 
underlying trading results within profit before tax. Restructuring costs that are one off and individually material or 
relate to programmes linked to the Group’s wider transformation and require approval at executive level are 
disclosed separately in the Consolidated income statement. When these adjusting items relate to a 
transformational programme to the business, the cost may apply to multiple years. 

This is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and reported to the 
Board. Adjusting items may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. Disclosing 
adjusted items separately provides additional understanding of the performance of the Group.

l) Current and deferred tax
Current and deferred tax is recognised as income or an expense and included in the income statement for the 
period, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income or directly 
in equity, in which case it is recognised in other comprehensive income or equity, respectively.

The tax effect of adjusting items is calculated by applying the relevant prevailing rate of taxation to the adjusting 
expense or income to the extent it is taxable or tax deductible. 

The current tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance 
sheet date in the countries where the Company’s subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. 
Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable 
tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts 
expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred tax is recognised, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of 
assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, the deferred 
tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a 
business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit nor loss. 
Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the 
balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realised or the deferred 
tax liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available 
against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and when the deferred taxes assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by 
the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an 
intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

m) Dividends
Dividend distributions are recognised in the consolidated financial statements when the shareholders’ right 
to receive payment is established. Final dividend distributions are recognised in the period in which they are 
approved by the shareholders, whilst interim dividend distributions are recognised in the period in which they 
are declared and paid.

n) Intangible assets
Intangible assets are stated at historical cost less accumulated amortisation.

Intangible assets are recorded at cost and are amortised through the income statement on a straight line basis 
over their estimated useful lives. Their estimated useful lives depend on the classification of the assets as follows:

Computer software 

20–33% per annum

Databases 

8–20% per annum

Customer relationships 

8–33% per annum

Brands 

5–20% per annum

Publishing rights and titles 

5–10% per annum

Computer software that is integral to a related item of hardware is classified as computer equipment within 
property, plant and equipment. Other computer software and internally developed software and databases are 
classified as intangible assets if they meet the definition and recognition criteria set out in IAS 38. Costs 
associated with the production of internally developed software are capitalised once it is probable that they will 
generate future economic benefits and satisfy the other criteria set out in IAS 38. Computer software intangible 
assets (including the cost of internally developed software and databases) are initially recognised at cost. They 
are subsequently amortised through the income statement on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives 
up to five years. Assets that are not in use at the reporting date (assets under construction) are recognised at cost 
and amortisation commences when those assets begin to generate economic benefit.

o) Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Cost includes the original 
purchase price of the asset plus any costs of bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended use. 
Depreciation is not provided on freehold land. On other assets it is provided at the following annual rates, on a 
straight line basis, in order to write down each asset to its residual value over its estimated useful life. The assets’ 
residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

Land, freehold and leasehold buildings (excluding freehold land) 

2–10% per annum

Fixtures and fittings  

Computer equipment  

Motor vehicles  

10–33% per annum

25–33% per annum

25% per annum

Leasehold improvements are included in land, freehold and leasehold buildings.

Gains and losses arising on disposal are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and 
are recognised within the income statement. When the gain or loss arising on disposal is significant or material, 
it is disclosed separately on the income statement within other income or expenses.

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

80

1. Statement of accounting policies continued
p) Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less provision for any impairment in value.

q) Non‑current assets and disposal groups held for sale
Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale when their carrying amount is to be 
recovered principally through a sale transaction and a sale is considered highly probable. They are stated 
at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

r) Financial instruments
Financial assets
The Group classifies its non-derivative financial assets as ‘amortised cost’ for the purposes of IFRS 9. 
Management determines the classification at initial recognition and re-evaluates this designation at each 
reporting date.

Loans and other receivables
Loans and other receivables are measured based on the Group’s business model for managing the financial asset 
and its contractual cash flow characteristics. Loans and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value plus 
transaction costs. They are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method less any 
expected credit losses, with changes in carrying value recognised in the income statement.

The expected credit loss is based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are 
specific to the financial assets, general economic conditions and an assessment of the current and forecast 
conditions at the reporting date. 

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value, which is usually the invoiced amount. They are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method (if the time value of money is significant).

If due within twelve months or less, the trade or other payable is classified as a current liability. It is otherwise 
classified as a non-current liability.

The Group measures trade and other payables at amortised cost for the purposes of IFRS 9.

Loans and other borrowings
Loans and other borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of the amounts received net of transaction 
costs. They are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with changes in 
carrying value recognised in the income statement.

Further information is provided below in relation to loans and borrowings in foreign currencies that are designated 
as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.

Loans and other receivables are classified as current assets if they mature within twelve months of the reporting 
date, but are otherwise classified as non-current assets.

Loans and other borrowings are classified as current liabilities if they mature within twelve months of the balance 
sheet date, but are otherwise classified as non-current liabilities.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are initially recognised at the transaction price, which is usually the invoiced amount. They 
are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method (if the time value of money is 
significant), less provisions made for doubtful receivables. Provisions are made specifically, where there is 
evidence of a risk of non-payment taking into account ageing, previous losses experienced and general economic 
conditions.

The Group assesses for impairment using the expected credit losses model as required by IFRS 9. For trade 
receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised 
from the initial recognition of the receivables.

The Group measures its trade receivables at amortised cost for the purposes of IFRS 9.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, current balances with banks and similar institutions, and other 
short term highly liquid investments which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have original 
maturities of three months or less. Cash and cash equivalents are offset against bank overdrafts and the net 
amount is reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised 
amounts. Bank overdrafts are otherwise shown as borrowings within current liabilities on the balance sheet.

The Group measures cash and cash equivalents at amortised cost for the purposes of IFRS 9.

Impairment of financial assets
The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its financial assets 
carried at amortised cost and debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income. Expected 
credit losses are updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk.

The Group measures loans and other borrowings at amortised cost for the purposes of IFRS 9.

Financial instruments and hedge accounting
The Group manages its capital and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions and the 
risk characteristics of the underlying assets. The Group makes use of derivative financial instruments if doing so 
reduces exposure to interest rate risk and foreign currency risk. 

To qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS 9, a financial instrument must be designated as a hedging instrument 
at inception, hedge documentation must be prepared and the hedge must be expected to be effective using the 
hedge ratio. The effectiveness of the hedge is then tested at each reporting date prospectively, and hedge 
accounting is continued if the hedge remains effective. Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging 
instrument expires, or is sold or terminated or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting, or if the Group chooses 
to end the hedge relationship. 

To the extent that the hedge is effective, changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as hedging 
instruments in cash flow hedges and net investment hedges are recognised in other comprehensive income. 
Any ineffectiveness in the hedge relationship is recognised immediately in the income statement.

At the time the hedged item affects profit or loss, any gain or loss previously recognised in equity is reclassified to 
the income statement. If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, any related gain or loss recognised 
in other comprehensive income and equity is transferred immediately to the income statement. If the hedging 
relationship ceases to meet the effectiveness conditions, hedge accounting is discontinued.

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

81

1. Statement of accounting policies continued
s) Provisions
Provisions are recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a 
result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle it. If the effect is 
material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at an appropriate discount rate.

The right-of-use asset is measured at cost, based on the value of the initial measurement of the associated lease 
liability, adjusted for any lease payments already made less any lease incentives received, initial direct costs 
incurred, and any dilapidation or restoration costs required by the terms and conditions of the lease. The 
right-of-use asset is depreciated over the term of the lease on a straight line basis, or if shorter, over the leased 
asset’s useful economic life. 

t) Retirement benefits
The Group does not operate a defined benefit pension scheme.

When an adjustment to lease payments based on an index or rate takes effect, the liability is remeasured with a 
corresponding adjustment to the associated right-of-use asset. 

The Group contributes to defined contribution pension schemes for a number of employees. Contributions to 
these arrangements are charged in the income statement in the period in which they are incurred. The Group 
has no further payment obligation once the contributions have been paid.

The Group recognises an expense in the Consolidated income statement in respect of short term leases (being 
those with an initial term of twelve months or less) and leases of low-value items on a straight line basis over the 
life of the lease.

u) Share based payments
The Group operates an equity-settled, share based compensation plan, under which the entity receives services 
from employees as consideration for equity instruments (share awards and options) of the Group. The fair value of 
the employee services received in exchange for the grant of share awards and options is recognised as an 
expense. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the share awards and 
options granted, excluding the impact of any non-market service and performance vesting conditions (for 
example profitability and remaining as an employee of the entity over a specified time period). Non-market vesting 
conditions are included in assumptions about the number of share awards and options that are expected to vest. 
The total amount expensed is recognised over the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the 
specified existing conditions are to be satisfied. At each balance sheet date, the entity revises its estimates of the 
number of share awards and options that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. It 
recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding 
adjustment to the share based payments reserve within equity.

The payment in lieu of dividend payable in connection with the grant of the share awards is considered an integral 
part of the grant itself, and the charge will be treated as an equity-settled transaction. The cumulative share based 
payment charge held in reserves is recycled into retained earnings when the share awards or options lapse or are 
exercised. The social security contributions payable in connection with the grant of the share awards will be 
treated as a cash-settled transaction.

v) Leases
The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and corresponding liability at the date the leased asset is made 
available for use by the Group. 

The liability is measured at the present value of future lease payments over the lease term including fixed 
payments, in-substance fixed payments, and variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate, less 
any lease incentives receivable. The liability includes any payments to be made under extension options which are 
reasonably certain to be exercised. The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease; 
where this rate cannot be determined an incremental borrowing rate is used. The incremental borrowing rate is 
determined with reference to the rate that the lessee would pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset 
of similar value, in a similar economic environment, with similar terms and conditions, adjusted for the country-
specific risk of the lessee. The Group records an interest charge in respect of the lease liability over the lease term.

w) Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or 
options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. The share premium reserve represents 
the amount paid to the Company by shareholders above the nominal value of shares issued.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital (‘treasury shares’), the consideration 
paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes), is deducted from equity 
attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the shares are cancelled or reissued.

2. Measures of profit
Reconciliation to profit on continuing activities before tax
To provide shareholders with additional understanding of the trading performance of the Group, adjusted EBITA 
has been calculated as profit before tax after adding back:

• 

impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment;

•  amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software;

•  adjusting items (included in operating expenses); 

•  other income – gain on disposal of subsidiaries;

•  other income – gain on disposal of business operations; 

•  other income – gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment; 

•  other income – net gain on financing activities; and

•  net finance costs. 

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

82

2. Measures of profit continued
Reconciliation to profit on continuing activities before tax continued
Adjusted profit before tax, adjusted EBITA and adjusted EBITDA reconcile to profit on continuing activities before 
tax as follows:

Profit/(loss) before tax 

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software 

Adjusting items (included in operating expenses)

Other income – gain on disposal of subsidiaries

Other income – gain on disposal of business operations

Other income – gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Other income – net gain on financing activities

Adjusted profit before tax 

Net finance costs 

Adjusted operating profit (‘adjusted EBITA’) 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment included in operating expenses

Amortisation of intangible assets – computer software 

Adjusted EBITA before depreciation (‘adjusted EBITDA’) 

Year ended
 30 June 
2022 
£’000

Year ended
 30 June 
2021 
£’000

36,120

597

2,368

66

(16,329)

—

(1,289)

(840)

20,693

928

21,621

2,412

3,721

27,754

(2,025)

14,834

3,400

2,970

(770)

(3,394)

—

—

15,015

1,634

16,649

3,399

2,416

22,464

3. Segmental information
In accordance with IFRS 8 the Group’s operating segments are based on the operating results reviewed by 
the Executive Board, which represents the chief operating decision maker. 

The Group’s dynamic portfolio provides customers with a range of information, data, training and education 
solutions. During the year the Information & Data division was renamed to Intelligence. The two divisions (Training & 
Education and Intelligence) are the Group’s segments and generate all of the Group’s revenue. The Board considers 
the business from both a geographic and product perspective. Geographically, management considers the 
performance of the Group between the UK, Europe (excluding the UK), North America and the Rest of the World.

a) Business segments

Training & Education 

Intelligence

Group total

Unallocated central overheads

Share based payments

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets 
and property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets excluding 
computer software 

Adjusting items (included in operating expenses)

Other income – gain on disposal of subsidiaries

Other income – gain on disposal of business 
operations

Other income – gain on disposal of property, 
plant and equipment

Other income – net gain on financing activities

Net finance costs 

Profit/(loss) before tax 

Taxation 

Profit/(loss) for the financial year 

Revenue
Year ended
30 June 2022
£’000

Profit
Year ended
30 June 2022
£’000

Revenue
Year ended
30 June 2021
£’000

Profit
 Year ended
30 June 2021
£’000

61,464

59,564

121,028

—

—

121,028

56,211

56,816

113,027

—

—

113,027

15,998

11,359

27,357

(4,506)

(1,230)

21,621

(597)

(2,368)

(66)

16,329

—

1,289

840

(928)

36,120

(3,295)

32,825

12,197

9,320

21,517

(4,302)

(566)

16,649

(14,834)

(3,400)

(2,970)

770

3,394

—

—

(1,634)

(2,025)

(2,522)

(4,547)

There are no intra-segmental revenues which are material for disclosure. Unallocated central overheads 
represent central costs that are not specifically allocated to segments. Total assets and liabilities for each 
reportable segment are not presented; as such, information is not provided to the Board.

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

83

3. Segmental information continued
b) Segmental information by geography
The UK is the Group’s country of domicile and the Group generates the majority of its revenue from external 
customers in the UK. The geographical analysis of revenue is on the basis of the country of origin in which 
the customer is invoiced:

4. Profit/(loss) from continuing operations
a) Profit/(loss) for the year from continuing operations is stated after charging/(crediting):

UK 

Europe (excluding the UK)

North America 

Rest of the World 

Total revenue 

Year ended 
30 June 
2022 
£’000

64,320

25,809

21,727

9,172

121,028

Year ended 
30 June 
2021 
£’000

61,999

23,304

15,042

12,682

113,027

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment – included in operating expenses 

Short term and low-value leases

Amortisation of intangible assets – computer software 

Non-adjusting (profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Share based payments (including social security costs)

Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software

Adjusting items (included in operating expenses)

Adjusting item – gain on disposal of subsidiaries

Included within North America is revenue of £21,304,000 generated within the USA.

Adjusting item – gain on disposal of business operations

c) Timing of revenue recognition 
The timing of the Group’s revenue recognition is as follows: 

Revenue from products and services transferred at a point in time

Revenue from products and services transferred over time 

Total revenue 

Year ended 
30 June 
2022 
£’000

39,725

81,303

121,028

Year ended 
30 June 
2021 
£’000

41,583

71,444

113,027

During the year the Group recognised £30,124,000 of revenue that was held in deferred revenue at 30 June 2021 
(2021: £31,465,000 related to amounts held at 30 June 2020).

Adjusting item – gain on sale of property, plant and equipment

Adjusting item – net gain on financing activities

Research and development expenditure credit

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment

Foreign exchange loss/(gain) 

Fees payable to the auditor for the audit of the Company and consolidated 
financial statements 

Fees payable to the auditor and their associates for other services:

– The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

– Audit related other services 

Year ended
 30 June 
2022 
£’000

Year ended
 30 June 
2021 
£’000

2,412

114

3,721

(71)

1,230

2,368

66

(16,329)

—

(1,289)

(840)

(183)

597

446

107

205

15

3,399

486

2,416

2

566

3,400

2,970

(770)

(3,394)

—

—

(290)

14,834

(24)

95

182

15

The gain on sale of property, plant and equipment included in adjusting items relates to the gain on disposal of 
two buildings and their associated assets on 31 August 2021.

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

84

4. Profit/(loss) from continuing operations continued
b) Adjusting items
The following items have been charged to the income statement during the year but are considered to be 
adjusting so are shown separately:

Year ended 
30 June 
2022 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2021 
£’000

Costs relating to strategic activities

Costs relating to the consolidation of office space

Other adjusting items (included in operating expenses)

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software

Total adjusting items (classified in profit before tax)

66

—

66

597

2,368

3,031

The impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment relates to: 

Goodwill

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Total adjusting items (classified in profit before tax)

Year ended 
30 June 
2022 
£’000

—

—

597

597

1,128

1,842

2,970

14,834

3,400

21,204

Year ended 
30 June 
2021 
£’000

9,873

1,516

3,445

14,834

The impairment during the year relates to the impairment of assets associated with an office property, recognised 
as a result of an exercise performed to consolidate the Group’s office space.

5. Operating expenses

Operating expenses before 
depreciation and amortisation

Depreciation of property, 
plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible 
assets – computer software 

Operating expenses before 
amortisation of intangibles 
excluding computer 
software, impairment and 
adjusting items

Amortisation of intangible 
assets – databases

Amortisation of intangible 
assets – customer relationships

Amortisation of intangible 
assets – brands

Amortisation of intangible 
assets – publishing rights 
and titles

Impairment of goodwill, 
intangible assets and property, 
plant and equipment (note 4b)

Other adjusting items (note 4b)

Year ended 30 June 2022

Year ended 30 June 2021

Cost of sales 
£’000

Administration 
£’000 

Total
£’000 

Cost of sales
£’000

Administration
£’000 

Total
£’000 

88,746

4,528

93,274  

86,167

4,396

90,563

2,412

3,721

—

—

2,412  

3,399

3,721  

2,416

—

—

3,399

2,416

94,879

4,528

99,407  

91,982

4,396

96,378

187

1,016

660

505

—

—

—

—

—

—

187  

826

1,016  

1,052

660  

1,016

505  

506

—

—

—

—

826

1,052

1,016

506

597

66

597

66

—

—

14,834

2,970

14,834

2,970

Operating expenses

97,247

5,191

102,438

95,382

22,200

117,582

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

85

6. Net finance costs

Factors affecting the tax charge for the year: 

The effective tax rate is lower (2021: higher) than the average rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.0% 
(2021: 19.0%). The differences are explained below:

Net finance costs comprise:

Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts

Unwinding of the discount on royalty payments receivable

Notional interest on lease liabilities

7. Taxation

Current tax

UK corporation tax at current rates on UK profits for the year 

Adjustments in respect of previous years 

Foreign tax

Adjustments in respect of previous years

Total current tax 

Total deferred tax 

Taxation

2,817

(870)

1,947

969

—

2,916

379

3,295

2,327

30

2,357

993

(21)

3,329

(807)

2,522

Year ended 
30 June 
2022 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2021 
£’000

748

(113)

293

928

1,437

(139)

336

1,634

Profit/(loss) before tax 

Profit/(loss) before tax multiplied by the average rate of corporation tax 
in the year of 19.0% (2021: 19.0%) 

Tax effects of:

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment 

Year ended 
30 June 
2022 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2021 
£’000

Foreign tax rate differences 

Adjustment in respect of previous years

Other items not subject to tax

Effect on deferred tax of change of corporation tax rate 

Taxation 

Year ended 
30 June 
2022
£’000

36,120

Year ended 
30 June 
2021
£’000

(2,025)

6,863

(385)

113

201

(870)

(3,012)

—

3,295

2,818

177

9

(230)

133

2,522

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the rates that are expected to apply in the periods of the reversal.

The Company’s profits for this accounting year are taxed at an effective rate of 9.1% (2021: -125.0%).

Included in other comprehensive income are a tax charge of £nil (2021: £22,000) and a tax credit of £45,000 
(2021: charge of £179,000) relating to the interest rate swaps and net investment hedges respectively. 

The tax effect of adjusting items as disclosed in note 9 is a credit of £1,050,000 (2021: £558,000).

8. Dividends
Amounts recognised as distributions to owners of the parent in the year:

Final dividends recognised as distributions in the year 

Interim dividends recognised as distributions in the year 

Total dividends paid 

Final dividend proposed 

Year ended
30 June
2022
Pence 
per share

Year ended
30 June
2021
Pence 
per share

Year ended
30 June
2022
£’000

Year ended
30 June
2021
£’000

3.9

2.4

5.8

—

2.1

3.9

3,399

2,093

5,492

5,070

—

1,829

1,829

3,415

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

86

2022
Number 

2021
Number 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic and 
adjusted earnings per share 

87,632,022

87,603,917

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares:

Future exercise of share awards and options

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of diluted and 
adjusted diluted earnings per share 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share

Adjusted basic earnings per share (‘adjusted earnings per share’) 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share 

1,126,918

410,301

88,758,940

88,014,218

37.46p

36.98p

18.66p

18.42p

(5.18p)

(5.18p)

13.62p

13.56p

For the year ended 30 June 2021, potentially dilutive share options were only considered in relation to adjusted 
earnings per share as the Group made a basic loss per share.

9. Earnings/(loss) per share
Adjusted earnings per share has been calculated using adjusted earnings calculated as profit after taxation 
attributable to owners of the parent but before:

• 

impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment;

•  amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software;

•  adjusting items (included in operating expenses); 

•  other income – gain on disposal of subsidiaries;

•  other income – gain on disposal of business operations; 

•  other income – gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment; and

•  other income – net gain on financing activities. 

The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations for the purpose of basic earnings per share 

Add/(remove):

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment 

Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software

Adjusting items (included in operating expenses)

Other income – gain on disposal of subsidiaries

Other income – gain on disposal of business operations 

Other income – gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Other income – net gain on financing activities

Tax effect of adjustments above

Adjusted earnings for the purposes of adjusted earnings per share 

Year ended 
30 June 
2022 
£’000

32,825

Year ended 
30 June 
2021 
£’000

(4,547)

597

2,368

66

(16,329)

—

(1,289)

(840)

(1,050)

16,348

14,834

3,400

2,970

(770)

(3,394)

—

—

(558)

11,935

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

87

10. Results of Wilmington plc
Wilmington plc, the parent company, recorded a profit of £14,959,000 (2021: £37,865,000) during the year.

11. Disposals
In the year ended 30 June 2022 the Group disposed of the following subsidiary companies:

b) Disposal of subsidiary company – La Touche Bond Solon Training Limited
On 22 April 2022 Wilmington plc disposed of La Touche Bond Solon Training Limited for a net cash consideration 
of £161,000 and recognised a gain on disposal of £105,000. The disposal was executed by way of the sale of 
100% of the equity shares. As at the disposal date, the net assets of La Touche Bond Solon Training Limited 
were as follows:

Country

Date of disposal

Share/asset deal

Adkins & Matchett (UK) Limited

Adkins, Matchett & Toy Limited

UK

USA

December 2021

December 2021

Adkins, Matchett & Toy (Hong Kong) Limited Hong Kong

December 2021

La Touche Bond Solon Training Limited

Ireland

April 2022

Share deal

Share deal

Share deal

Share deal

The disposals were executed in line with the Group’s strategy to simplify its structure and to focus attention 
on businesses that operate in the GRC markets. The subsidiary businesses were classified as continuing 
operations until their respective disposal dates. In total the Group recognised a gain on disposal of £16,329,000 
presented within adjusting items.

a) Disposal of subsidiary companies – Adkins & Matchett (UK) Limited, Adkins, Matchett & Toy 
Limited and Adkins, Matchett & Toy (Hong Kong) Limited, together referred to as ‘AMT’
On 24 December 2021 Wilmington plc disposed of AMT for a net cash consideration of £22,631,000 and 
recognised a gain on disposal of £16,224,000. The disposal was executed by way of the sale of 100% of 
the equity shares and as at the disposal date the net assets of AMT were as follows:

Goodwill

Property, plant and equipment

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other payables

Net assets disposed

Directly attributable costs of disposal

Recycling of deferred foreign exchange losses

Gain on disposal

Fair value of consideration

Satisfied by:

Cash and cash equivalents (net of working capital adjustment)

Goodwill

Property, plant and equipment

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other payables

Net assets disposed

Directly attributable costs of disposal

Recycling of deferred foreign exchange losses

Gain on disposal

Fair value of consideration

Satisfied by:

Cash and cash equivalents

£’000

6,203

41

898

475

(1,112)

6,505

342

35

16,224

23,106

23,106

23,106

£’000

34

9

106

78

(138)

89

22

23

105

239

239

239

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

88

12. Goodwill

Cost

At 1 July 2020

Disposals

Exchange translation differences 

At 30 June 2021

Disposals

Exchange translation differences 

At 30 June 2022

Accumulated impairment

At 1 July 2020

Disposals

Impairment

At 30 June 2021 

Disposals

At 30 June 2022

Net book amount

At 30 June 2022

At 30 June 2021

At 30 June 2020 

£’000

110,597

(1,192)

(1,309)

108,096

(8,935)

1,532

100,693

32,721

(331)

9,873

42,263

(2,698)

39,565

61,128

65,833

77,876

Goodwill arising on business combinations is not amortised but reviewed for impairment on an annual basis, or 
more frequently if there are indications that goodwill may be impaired. Determining whether the carrying value of 
acquired goodwill is recoverable is a significant judgment given the material nature of the goodwill balance and 
the significant assumptions underpinning management’s impairment assessment of the Group’s cash generating 
units (‘CGUs’). The Group identifies its CGUs on a business operation and geographic level. This is consistent with 
the way the chief operating decision maker reviews performance.

Disposal
During the year AMT and La Touche Bond Solon Training Limited was disposed of, which resulted in the disposal 
of the carrying value of goodwill associated with both entities. At the date of disposal the carrying value of this 
goodwill was £6,237,000.

Annual impairment review
The recoverable amount for each CGU has been determined using value in use calculations. These calculations 
use the pre-tax future cash flow forecasts covering a three year period based on Board approved budgets. Cash 
flow projections in these budgets have been based on growth assumptions that reflect anticipated market trends 
in the range of industries served by the brands within each CGU. Overall these projections assume stable profit 
margins reflecting market presence expansion, whilst managing the impact of projected inflationary and 

recessionary pressures. Pre-tax cash flows beyond the three year period are then extrapolated using an 
estimated long term growth rate of 2.0% (2021: 2.0%), providing a ‘base case’ scenario for the purpose of the 
impairment review. Key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding discount rates, three 
year cash flow forecasts and long term growth rates.

Discount rates
Management has applied pre-tax discount rates as follows:

Territory

United Kingdom

United States

Spain

France

Year ended 
30 June 2022 
%

Year ended 
30 June 2021 
%

15.2

15.7

15.4

15.8

11.8

12.9

12.4

12.6

Pre-tax discount rates are calculated on a company specific participant basis, movements in the pre-tax discount 
rates for CGUs since the prior year are driven by changes in company specific market-based inputs. Management 
considers the pre-tax discount rates to be calculated using appropriate methodology. The rates are in in line with its 
peers, and the Board views the rates as accurately reflecting the return expected by a market participant.

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions 
The Group has performed sensitivity testing to assess the impact of changes in assumptions on the value in use of 
each CGU. The sensitivity analysis performed assessed the impact of pessimistic but reasonably possible changes 
to future cash flows, long term growth rates and pre-tax discount rates. All CGUs retained significant headroom in 
these sensitised calculations, leading to the conclusion that there is no realistic change of assumption that would 
result in the carrying value to exceed its recoverable amount.

Cash generating units 
The following table details the net book value of goodwill allocated to each CGU:

CGU

UK Healthcare

Axco and Pendragon

Accountancy

Legal

AMT

Compliance 

Compliance Week

FRA

Business Intelligence

30 June 
2022
£’000

11,885

11,150

8,307

6,796

—

7,972

4,941

7,686

2,391

61,128

30 June
2021
£’000

11,877

11,150

8,307

6,830

6,203

7,972

4,342

6,773

2,379

65,833

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

89

13. Intangible assets

Group

Cost

At 1 July 2020

Additions 

Disposals

Write-off of fully amortised intangible assets

Exchange translation differences

At 30 June 2021

Additions 

Assets transferred to held for sale (note 20)

Write-off of fully amortised intangible assets

Disposals

Exchange translation differences

At 30 June 2022

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 July 2020

Charge for the year

Impairment

Disposals

Write-off of fully amortised intangible assets

Exchange translation differences

At 30 June 2021

Charge for the year

Assets transferred to held for sale (note 20)

Write-off of fully amortised intangible assets

Disposals

Exchange translation differences

At 30 June 2022

Net book amount

At 30 June 2022

At 30 June 2021

At 30 June 2020

Computer
software
£’000

Databases
£’000

Customer
relationships
£’000

Brands
£’000

Publishing
rights and titles
£’000

16,795

25,104

13,857

30,493

15,438

1,969

(2,130)

—

(139)

15,138

1,292

(245)

(9,986)

(51)

103

—

—

(2,940)

(90)

13,765

—

—

—

—

105

6,251

13,870

10,003

2,416

—

(2,010)

—

(80)

10,329

3,721

(210)

(9,986)

(26)

48

15,496

826

—

—

(2,940)

(70)

13,312

187

—

—

—

82

3,876

13,581

2,375

4,809

5,435

289

453

1,299

Total
£’000

101,687

1,969

(2,130)

—

—

(20,808)

(42,969)

—

9,685

—

—

—

—

—

(865)

57,692

1,292

(245)

(9,986)

(51)

949

9,685

49,651

—

—

(15,549)

(399)

9,156

—

—

—

—

466

9,622

20,102

1,052

—

—

—

—

(3,672)

(237)

9,948

—

—

—

—

275

10,223

8,111

1,016

1,516

—

(15,549)

(3,672)

(20,808)

28,263

506

—

—

(210)

6,761

660

—

—

—

201

—

7,961

505

—

—

—

—

81,975

5,816

1,516

(2,010)

(42,969)

(636)

43,692

6,089

(210)

(9,986)

(26)

665

7,622

8,466

40,224

2,601

3,187

5,746

1,219

1,724

2,230

9,427

14,000

19,712

(276)

5,329

1,016

—

—

—

334

6,679

2,943

3,827

5,002

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

90

14. Property, plant and equipment

Group

Cost
At 1 July 2020 

Additions 

Disposals 

Lease modifications

Assets transferred to held for sale

Exchange translation differences

At 30 June 2021

Additions 

Disposals 

Assets transferred to held for sale (note 20)

Assets transferred from held for sale

Exchange translation differences

At 30 June 2022

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 July 2020

Charge for the year 

Disposals

Lease modifications

Impairment

Assets transferred to held for sale

Exchange translation differences 

At 30 June 2021

Charge for the year 

Disposals

Impairment

Assets transferred to held for sale (note 20)
Assets transferred from held for sale

Exchange translation differences 

At 30 June 2022

Net book amount

At 30 June 2022

At 30 June 2021

At 30 June 2020

Land, freehold
and leasehold
buildings
 £’000

Fixtures and
fittings 
£’000

Computer
equipment
£’000

Motor
 vehicles
 £’000

Right-of-use assets 
Land and buildings
 £’000

5,260

468

—

—

(2,243)

(3)

3,482

—

—

(67)

162

—

3,705

253

(774)

—

(17)

(45)

3,122

169

(280)

(101)

—

22

4,017

326

(258)

—

—

(35)

4,050

271

(127)

(88)

—

47

3,577

2,932

4,153

1,566

436

—

—

523

(660)

(9)

1,856

353

—

597

(34)
142

—

3,054

254

(774)

—

103

(12)

(84)

2,541

236

(279)

—

(64)
—

16

3,414

421

(159)

—

33

—

(64)

3,645

342

(123)

—

(54)
—

37

2,914

2,450

3,847

663

1,626

3,694

482

581

651

306

405

603

377

—

(60)

—

—

—

317

—

(206)

—

—

—

111

191

63

(51)

—

—

—

—

203

38

(156)

—

—
—

—

85

26

114

186

Total
 £’000

27,213

1,496

(1,201)

(725)

(2,260)

(274)

24,249

904

(677)

(461)

162

119

13,854

449

(109)

(725)

—

(191)

13,278

464

(64)

(205)

—

50

13,523

24,296

2,094

2,225

(41)

(337)

2,786

—

—

6,727

1,443

(60)

—

(38)
—

52

10,319

3,399

(1,025)

(337)

3,445

(672)

(157)

14,972

2,412

(618)

597

(190)
142

105

8,124

17,420

5,399

6,551

11,760

6,876

9,277

16,894

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

14. Property, plant and equipment continued
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is charged to operating expenses within the income statement.

15. Investments in subsidiaries

The impairment during the year relates to the impairment of assets associated with an office property, recognised 
as a result of an exercise performed to consolidate the Group’s office space.

Company

As at 30 June 2022, assets classified as transferred from held for sale relate to property, plant and equipment with 
a carrying value of £20,000 which were classified as held for sale in the prior year but were subsequently not sold. 

Company

Cost

At 1 July 2020, 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2022

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 July 2020

Charge for the year 

Impairment

At 30 June 2021

Charge for the year 

At 30 June 2022

Net book amount

At 30 June 2022

At 30 June 2021

At 30 June 2020 

Right-of-use assets 
Land and buildings 
 £’000

9,889

1,055

1,215

2,786

5,056

725

5,781

4,108

4,833

8,834

91

Shares in
subsidiary
undertakings
£’000

49,420

Cost less provision at 1 July 2021 and 30 June 2022

The following table gives brief details of the entities controlled and included in the consolidated financial 
statements of the Group at 30 June 2022. Except where indicated, all of the entities are incorporated in and 
principally operated in the UK. Subsidiaries marked * are directly owned by Wilmington plc; all other subsidiaries 
are indirectly owned. Subsidiaries marked ** are companies limited by guarantee, have no ordinary shares and 
are controlled indirectly by Wilmington plc. Subsidiaries marked + have claimed audit exemptions for the year 
to 30 June 2022 under Section 479A of the Companies Act 2006. During the year the Group disposed of the 
following subsidiary companies: Adkins & Matchett (UK) Limited, Adkins, Matchett & Toy Limited and Adkins, 
Matchett & Toy (Hong Kong) Limited and La Touche Bond Solon Training Limited. Wilmington Legal Limited 
held the investment in these companies.

Name of company

APM International SAS (incorporated 
and operates in France) 

APM Media SARL (incorporated 
and operates in France) 

Axco Insurance Information 
Services Limited+ 

Bond Solon Training Limited+

CLT International Hong Kong Limited 
(formerly International Compliance 
Training Hong Kong Limited)

UK company
number

Registered
address

Business

Percentage
owned

n/a

n/a

AVE

AVE

3073807 WCH

News information services 
to the healthcare industry

News information services 
to the healthcare industry

Provision of international 
compliance and regulatory 
information for the global 
insurance industry

2271977

n/a 

WCH

PRU

Witness training and conferences

Certified professional training

CLT International Limited+

6309789 WCH

Certified professional training

ICA Commercial Services Limited+

4363296 WCH

ICA Risk Management Limited 
(formerly ICA Audit Limited)+

4519229 WCH

Interactive Medica AB (incorporated 
and operates in Sweden)

n/a

ALF

Interactive Medica Limited+

5947851

WCH

Training courses in international 
compliance and money laundering

Facilitation of ISO certification 
for businesses 

Pan-European provider of cloud 
based insight, CRM and KAM 
offerings to the pharmaceutical 
industry

Pan-European provider of cloud 
based insight, CRM and KAM 
offerings to the pharmaceutical 
industry

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

92

15. Investments in subsidiaries continued

Name of company

UK company
number

Registered
address

Business

Interactive Medica SL (incorporated and 
operates in Spain)

n/a

CRE

International Compliance Association 
Limited**+

International Compliance Training 
Academy PTE Limited (incorporated 
and operates in Singapore) 

International Compliance Training 
(Middle East) Ltd (incorporated and 
operates in the UAE)

International Compliance Training SDN. 
BHD (incorporated and operates in 
Malaysia)

4429302 WCH

n/a 

SHE

n/a

GAT

n/a 

VER

Mercia Group Limited+

1464141

WCH

Mercia Ireland Limited (incorporated 
and operates in Ireland)

n/a 

BAG

Mercia NI Limited+

NI038498 CLO

Pan-European provider of cloud 
based insight, CRM and KAM 
offerings to the pharmaceutical 
industry

Professional association; a not for 
profit organisation

Training courses in international 
compliance and money 
laundering

Training courses in international 
compliance and money 
laundering

Training courses in international 
compliance and money 
laundering

Training and support services to 
the accountancy profession

Training and support services to 
the accountancy profession

Training and support services to 
the accountancy profession

MiExact Limited (formerly Smee 
and Ford Limited)+

1964639 WCH

Provision of legacy information

SWAT UK Limited+

3041771

WCH

Wilmington Compliance Week Inc. 
(incorporated and operates in the US)

n/a

ORA

Wilmington FRA Inc. (incorporated 
and operates in the US)

n/a

ORA

Wilmington Healthcare Limited+

2530185 WCH

Training and support services to 
the accountancy profession

Provision of international 
compliance and regulatory 
information in the US

Conference and networking 
provider of specialist events in 
healthcare and finance

Provision of reference information 
to the healthcare industry

Wilmington Holdings No.1 Limited*

8313253 WCH

Holding company

Wilmington Holdings US Inc. 
(incorporated and operates in the US)

Wilmington IBT Limited (formerly The 
Matchett Group Limited)+

n/a

ORA

Holding company

1221570

WCH

Dormant

Percentage
owned

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

Name of company

UK company
number

Registered
address

Business

Percentage
owned

Wilmington Inese SL (incorporated and 
operates in Spain)

n/a 

CMA

Provision of Spanish language 
subscription based publications

Wilmington Insight Limited+

2691102

WCH

Holding company

Wilmington Legal Limited+

2522603 WCH

Holding company

Wilmington plc Employee Share 
Ownership Trust+

Wilmington Publishing & Information 
Limited

n/a

WCH

Trust

3368442 WCH

Provision of information and 
events for professional markets

Wilmington Shared Services Limited

8314442 WCH

Provision of shared services

The registered company addresses for each subsidiary undertaking are abbreviated as shown below.

100

100

100

n/a

100

100

Registered address

Abbreviation

Att.Lena Frazen, Nytorget 7, Box 577, 611 10, Nyköping, Sweden

33 Avenue de la Republique, 75011 Paris

13 Baggot Street Upper, Dublin 4, Ireland

Cloughoge Business Park, Newry, Countydown, Northern Ireland

C/Recoletos, 3 – 1º, 28001 Madrid, Spain

C/Maudes, 51 – 2ª Planta, 28003 Madrid, Spain

Level 3, Gate Village, Building 2, Dubai International Financial Centre, PO Box 506745, Dubai

1209 Orange Street, Delaware 19801, USA

Suite 2111, 21/F., Prudential Tower, The Gateway, Harbour City, 21 Canton Road, Tsimshatsui, 
Kowloon, Hong Kong

6 Shenton Way, #17-08 OUE Downtown 2, Singapore 068809, Singapore

Unit 30-01, Vertical Business Suite, Bangsar South, No.8, Jalan Kerinchi, 59200, 
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

10 Whitechapel High Street, London E1 8QS, UK

ALF

AVE

BAG

CLO

CRE

CMA

GAT

ORA

PRU

SHE

VER

WCH

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

93

16. Trade and other receivables

19. Borrowings

Current

Trade receivables 

Prepayments and other receivables 

Accrued income

Amounts due from subsidiaries

Group

Company

30 June 
2022 
£’000

22,290

3,272

1,535

—

27,097

30 June 
2021 
£’000

 30 June 
2022
£’000

23,202

4,313

1,183

—  

28,698  

—

71

—

118,670

118,741

 30 June 
2021
£’000

—

570

—

106,394

106,964

Current liability

Bank overdrafts 

Non‑current liability

Bank loans 

Capitalised loan arrangement fees

Bank loans net of loan arrangement fees

Group

30 June 
2022
 £’000

—

—

—

—

—

30 June 
2021
 £’000

3,644

3,644

20,960

(530)

20,430

Amounts due from all subsidiaries are interest free, unsecured and repayable on demand. Expected credit losses 
on amounts due from subsidiaries are not material.

17. Derivative financial investments

Group and Company

30 June 
2022 
£’000

30 June 
2021 
£’000

At 30 June 2022 the Group was in an overall net cash (2021: net debt) position. The Group has not used its 
revolving credit facility since January 2022 when the debt was fully repaid. As a result of its net cash position, 
and considering the Group’s ongoing liquidity requirements, the Board approved the reduction of the facility 
from £65m to £20m as disclosed in note 21.

20. Disposal group held for sale
As at 30 June 2022, the disposal group classified as held for sale relates to Wilmington Inese SL, a business held 
within the Intelligence division. The rationale for the sale is in line with our portfolio management strategy as 
outlined in the Strategic report and is expected to be completed within one year by sale of equity shares.

—

57

The major classes of assets and liabilities comprising the disposal group held for sale are as follows:

Non‑current assets

Interest rate swaps

18. Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables

Subscriptions and deferred revenue

Amounts due to subsidiaries 

Group

Company

30 June
 2022 
£’000

18,853

31,405

—

50,258

30 June 
2021 
£’000

24,835

30,124

—  

54,959  

30 June 
2022
£’000

3,321

—

49,993

53,314

30 June 
2021
£’000

3,142

—

34,025

37,167

Intangible assets – computer software

Property, plant and equipment

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Assets of disposal group held for sale

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Liabilities of disposal group held for sale

30 June 
2022
 £’000

35

271

386

758

1,450

(1,163)

(169)

(1,332)

Wilmington plc has loans to the value of £3,098,640 (2021: £2,231,760) due to APM International SAS which incur 
interest at 2% per annum; these loans are unsecured and repayable on demand. All other amounts due to 
subsidiaries are interest free, unsecured and repayable on demand.

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

94

Amounts related to items designated as hedging instruments during the year were as follows:

21. Financial instruments and risk management
The Group’s financial instruments arise from its operations (for example trade receivables and trade payables), 
from the financing of its operations (for example loans and borrowings and equity) and from its risk management 
activities (for example interest rate swaps and forward currency contracts). The risks to which the Group is 
exposed include liquidity and capital risk, foreign currency risk, and credit risk.

During the year the Group adopted the Amendments to IFRS for the Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2. 
The Group signed an amendment to change the underlying benchmark from LIBOR to the relevant risk-free rate, 
SONIA, due to the cessation of LIBOR on 31 December 2021.

Interest rate risk
Risk
The Group has access to a £20m revolving credit facility; however, it is not currently in use due to the Group’s net 
cash position. The Group would only be exposed to cash flow volatility arising from fluctuations in market interest 
rates if the facility was in use; in this case interest would be charged on the amount drawn down at a rate of SONIA 
plus a margin of between 1.50 and 2.25% depending upon leverage. The Group incurs a commitment fee for 
access to the facility at a rate of 40% of the applicable margin. 

During the year ended  
30 June 2022

During the year ended  
30 June 2021

Group policy for interest rate risk management
The Group policy for interest rate risk management is to enter into interest rate swap contracts if beneficial to do 
so. This decision is based on whether the contract would maintain the ratio of fixed to variable rate debt at a level 
that achieves a reasonable cost of debt whilst reducing the exposure to cash flow volatility arising from 
fluctuations in market interest rates. 

At 30 June 2021

Interest rate swaps

Interest rate swaps

Change in value
of hedging
instrument
recognised in OCI
£’000

Line item in
profit or loss that
includes hedge
ineffectiveness

Line item
affected in
profit or loss
because of the
reclassification
£’000

—

n/a

1,186

Change in value
of hedging
instrument
recognised in OCI
£’000

Line item in
profit or loss that
includes hedge
ineffectiveness

(93)

n/a

Line item
affected in
profit or loss
because of the
reclassification

n/a

Nominal amount
£’000

5,427

20,000

25,427

Asset
£’000

22

35

57

Carrying amount

Liability
£’000

Line item in the financial statements 
where the hedging instrument is included

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments

—

—

—

In line with the Group policy for interest rate risk management, the Board made the decision during the year to 
dispose of the interest rate swaps that were held. This is a result of the overall net cash position arising from the 
disposal of AMT during the year. The gain of £1,186,000 arising on the revaluation of interest rate swaps is 
recognised in the income statement within net gain on financing activities within adjusting items.

The cancelled swaps were as follows:

•  a $7.5m interest rate swap commencing on 1 July 2020 and ending on 1 October 2024, whereby the Group 

received interest on $7.5m based on the USD SONIA rate and paid interest on $7.5m at a fixed rate of 0.495%; and

•  a £20.0m interest rate swap commencing on 1 July 2020 and ending on 1 October 2024, whereby the Group 
received interest on £20m based on the SONIA rate and paid interest on £20m at a fixed rate of 0.395%.

The interest rate profile of the Group’s interest-bearing financial instruments as reported to the management 
of the Group is as follows:

Financial liabilities

Effects of interest rate swaps

There were no financial instruments in place at 30 June 2022. 

Nominal amount

30 June 
2022 
£’000

—

—

—

30 June 
2021 
£’000

20,960

(25,427)

(4,467)

Liquidity and capital risk
Risk
The Group’s activities give rise to working capital obligations and other operational cash outflows, as well as 
financing cash outflows if the Group is using the revolving credit facility. The Group is consequently exposed 
to the risk that it cannot meet its obligations as they fall due or can only meet them at an uneconomic price.

Group policy
The Group policy is to preserve a strong capital base in order to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and 
to safeguard the future development of the business and to balance these objectives with the efficient use of capital.

Risk management arrangements
The Group determines its liquidity requirements by the use of short and long term cash forecasts. The Group 
enters into short, medium and long term financial instruments when deemed necessary to support operational 
and other funding requirements. 

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

21. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Liquidity and capital risk continued
Risk management arrangements continued
The terms of the facility are included below:

Revolving credit facility secured until 3 July 2024 
The Group has a £20m revolving credit facility with Barclays Bank plc, The Governor and Company of the Bank 
of Ireland and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc. The facility comprises a revolving credit facility of £20m and an 
overdraft facility across the Group of £5m. 

During the year as a result of its net cash position, and considering the Group’s ongoing liquidity requirements, the 
Board approved the reduction of the facility from £65m to £20m. Interest is charged on the amount drawn down at 
between 1.50% and 2.25% above SONIA depending upon leverage, and drawdowns are made for periods of up to 
six months in duration. The Group pays a fee of 40% of the applicable margin on the undrawn element of the credit 
facility and the undrawn overdraft.

The Group has available an undrawn revolving credit facility as follows:

Expiring after more than one year

30 June 
2022 
£’000

20,000

30 June 
2021 
£’000

44,040

The following tables provide a maturity analysis of the remaining contractually agreed cash flows for the Group’s 
non-derivative financial liabilities on an undiscounted basis, which therefore differ from the carrying value and fair value:

Company

At 30 June 2022

Bank loans including interest

Lease liabilities

Trade payables, accruals and 
amounts due to subsidiary 
undertakings

At 30 June 2021

Bank overdrafts 

Bank loans including interest 

Lease liabilities

Trade payables, accruals* and 
amounts due to subsidiary 
undertakings

Within
1 year 
£’000

120

—

1–2 years 
£’000

120

1,606

2–5 years 
£’000

—

4,242

52,781

52,901

—

1,726

—

4,242

Within
1 year 
£’000

32

384

1,606

36,814

38,836

1–2 years 
£’000

2–5 years 
£’000

32

384

1,606

—

2,022

64

768

4,769

—

5,601

More than 
5 years 
£’000

—

554

—

554

More than 
5 years 
£’000

—

—

1,634

—

1,634

95

Total 
£’000

240

6,402

52,781

59,423

Total 
£’000

128

1,536

9,615

36,814

48,093

Group

At 30 June 2022

Bank loans including interest 

Lease liabilities

Trade payables and accruals 

At 30 June 2021

Bank overdrafts 

Bank loans including interest 

Lease liabilities

Trade payables and accruals* 

Within
1 year 
£’000

120

507

16,747

17,374

Within
1 year 
£’000

32

384

2,333

19,897

22,646

1–2 years
£’000

2–5 years
£’000

120

1,972

—

2,092

1–2 years
£’000

32

384

2,064

—

2,480

—

4,777

—

4,777

2–5 years
£’000

64

22,278

5,240

—

27,582

More than 
5 years 
£’000

—

662

—

662

More than 
5 years 
£’000

—

—

1,841

—

1,841

Total 
£’000

240

7,918

16,747

24,905

Total 
£’000

128

23,046

11,478

19,897

59,549

* 

 The split of balances represented in the table above has been restated by £4,938,000 to exclude certain balances within other payables which 
do not meet the definition of a financial liability.

* 

 The split of balances represented in the table above has been restated by £353,000 to exclude certain balances within other payables which 
do not meet the definition of a financial liability.

The Company has entered into an unlimited cross guarantee with the Group’s credit facility providers.

Foreign currency risk
Risk
The currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates is Sterling, and this is also the 
currency in which the Group presents its financial statements. However, the Group has significant US Dollar linked 
cash flows arising from international trading and overseas operations. The Group is consequently exposed to 
cash flow volatility arising from fluctuations in the applicable exchange rates for converting US Dollars to Sterling.

Group policy
The Group policy is to manage foreign currency risk, and to fix the exchange rate as appropriate in relation to a 
periodically reassessed set percentage of expected US Dollar net cash inflows arising from international trading, 
by entering into foreign currency contracts as appropriate to sell a specified amount of US Dollars on a specified 
future date at a specified exchange rate. This set percentage is approved by the Board as part of the budgeting 
process and upon the acquisition of foreign operations.

Where borrowings are required, the Group policy is to finance investment in overseas operations from borrowings 
in the local currency of the relevant operation, so as to achieve a natural hedge of the foreign currency translation 
risk. This natural hedge is designated as a net investment hedge for accounting purposes. Debt of $11m (2021: 
$11.0m) designated as a net investment hedge relating to the Group’s interest in Compliance Week and FRA was 
repaid during the year, and the net investment hedge de-recognised in line with the Group’s policy to hedge the 
net investment only to the extent of the debt principal. 

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

96

21. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Foreign currency risk continued
Risk management arrangements
The following forward contracts were entered into in order to provide certainty in Sterling terms of 80% of the 
Group’s expected net US Dollar income:

Currency

US Dollar

US Dollar

US Dollar

US Dollar

US Dollar

US Dollar

US Dollar

Amount 
£’m

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

2.0

1.5

Maturity date

29 October 2021

30 November 2021

31 December 2021

31 January 2022

28 February 2022

31 March 2022

29 April 2022

Foreign 
exchange rate

1.3792

1.3793

1.3795

1.3801

1.3802

1.3803

1.3805

Market risk
A foreign currency exposure can arise from the Group’s net investment in two of its US subsidiaries (Wilmington 
Compliance Week Inc. and Wilmington FRA Inc.) that have a US Dollar functional currency. The risk arises from 
the fluctuation in spot exchange rates between Sterling and the US Dollar, which causes the value of the net 
investment to vary. The hedged risk in the net investment hedge is the risk of a weakening of the US Dollar against 
Sterling that will result in a reduction in the carrying amount of the Group’s net investment in the US subsidiaries.

To assess hedge effectiveness, the Group determines the economic relationship between the hedging instrument 
and the hedged item by comparing changes in the carrying amount of the debt that is attributable to a change in 
the spot rate with changes in the investment in the foreign operation due to movements in the spot rate (the offset 
method). The Group’s policy is to hedge the net investment only to the extent of the debt principal. In line with the 
Group’s market risk policy, a decision was made during the year to dispose of the net investment US Dollar hedge 
of $11m. This is a result of the overall net cash position arising from the disposal of AMT during the year. 

The amounts related to items designated as hedging instruments during the year were as follows:

The above derivatives are remeasured at fair value at each reporting date. This gives rise to a gain or loss, 
the entire amount of which is recognised in the income statement.

During the year ended 30 June 2022

The Group has performed a sensitivity analysis that measures the estimated credit/(charge) to the income 
statement and other comprehensive income arising from a 10% difference in the US Dollar to Sterling and Euro 
to Sterling exchange rates applicable at 30 June 2022, with all other variables remaining constant. The sensitivity 
analysis makes the assumption that changes in foreign currency rates only affect income, expense, assets and 
liabilities that are denominated in the relevant currencies.

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables (including the effect of 
forward currency contracts)

Currency translation differences

Net investment hedges

Profit before tax arising overseas

Income statement

+10% * 
£’000 

(63)

(27)

—

—

(455)

-10% *
£’000 

77

33

—  

—  

556  

OCI

+10% * 
£’000 

—

—

362

212

—

-10% * 
£’000 

—

—

(442)

(173)

—

* 

 +10% represents Sterling value appreciating compared with other currencies. -10% represents Sterling value depreciating compared with 
other currencies.

During the year ended 30 June 2021

There were no US Dollar loans at 30 June 2022.

At 30 June 2021

US Dollar loans

Change in value
of hedging
instrument
recognised in OCI
£’000

Line item in
profit or loss that
includes hedge
ineffectiveness

Line item
affected in
profit or loss
because of the
reclassification

193

n/a

n/a

Change in value
of hedging
instrument
recognised in OCI
£’000

Line item in
profit or loss that
includes hedge
ineffectiveness

Line item
affected in
profit or loss
because of the
reclassification

(762)

n/a

n/a

Carrying amount

Nominal amount
£’000

7,960

Liability
£’000

7,960

Line item in 
the financial 
statements where 
the hedging 
instrument 
is included

Borrowings

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

97

(1,552)

—

Expected credit loss rate

Balances
remaining in the
foreign currency
translation
reserve from
hedging
relationships 
for which hedge
accounting is no
longer applied
£’000

Foreign currency
translation
reserve
£’000

Balances 
remaining in the
foreign currency
translation
reserve from
hedging
relationships
 for which hedge
accounting is no
longer applied
£’000

Foreign currency
translation
reserve
£’000

(1,359)

(742)

The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its financial assets 
carried at amortised cost and debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income. Expected 
credit losses are updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk.

The expected credit loss on trade receivables is estimated using a provision matrix by reference to past default 
experience and credit rating, taking into account forward-looking factors including general economic conditions 
and an assessment of the current and forecast conditions at the reporting date. 

The following table details the risk profile of trade receivables based on the Group’s provision matrix.

Not due 
£’000

 0–30 days
£’000

30–60 days
£’000 

61–90 days
£’000

91–120 days 
£’000

120+ days 
£’000

At 30 June 2022

Gross carrying amount

Expected credit loss

14,733

0.29%

43

3,280

0.03%

1

1,940

0.12%

2

1,197

0.10%

1

Net carrying amount

14,690

3,279

1,938

1,196

936

1,079

4.27%

72.98% 

40

896

788

291

Set out below is the movement for the year in the expected credit loss relating to trade receivables.

Allowances at 1 July

Additions charged to income statement 

Allowances used

Allowances reversed 

Allowances at 30 June

30 June 
2022 
£’000 

811

731

(57)

(610)

875

Total 
£’000

23,165

3.78%

875

22,290

30 June 
2021 
£’000 

1,132

176

(429)

(68)

811

Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities
The table below sets out the accounting classification and the carrying and fair values of all of the Group’s financial 
assets and financial liabilities. The carrying value and fair value are equal in all cases. None of the financial instruments 
have been reclassified during the year. All items classified as fair value through profit and loss are held for trading.

21. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Market risk continued

During the year ended 30 June 2022

During the year ended 30 June 2021

Credit risk
Risk
The Group’s principal financial assets are receivables and bank balances. The Group is consequently exposed 
to the risk that its customers or the banks cannot meet their obligations as they fall due.

Group policy
The Group policy is to assess the creditworthiness and financial strength of customers at inception and on an 
ongoing basis. The Group also reviews the credit rating of its banks. Cash is held in banks with a credit rating 
between AA to A per Fitch at 20 September 2022, with the exception of £0.2m which is held in Ulster Bank, 
with a rating of BBB+.

Risk management arrangements
The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables. However, the Group has no significant 
exposure to credit risk because its trading is spread over a large number of customers. The payment terms 
offered to customers take into account the assessment of their creditworthiness and financial strength, and they 
are set in accordance with industry standards. The creditworthiness of customers is considered before trading 
commences. Most of the Group’s customers are large and well-established institutions that pay on time and in 
accordance with the Group’s standard terms of business. 

The amounts presented in the balance sheet are net of the expected credit loss allowance. The Group applies a 
simplified approach to measure the expected credit loss allowance for trade receivables classified at amortised 
cost, using the lifetime expected loss provision. 

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

21. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Credit risk continued
Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities continued
Group

At 30 June 2022

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables

Deferred consideration receivable

Financial assets included within disposal group held for sale

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Financial liabilities included within disposal group held for sale

At 30 June 2021

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents 

Interest rate swaps 

Deferred consideration receivable*

Trade and other receivables

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables*

Lease liabilities

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans

Fair value – 
hedging
 instrument 
£’000

—

57

—

—

57

—

—

—

—

—

Amortised
cost
 £’000

7,374

—

1,835

24,077

33,286

(19,897)

(10,742)

(3,644)

(20,960)

(55,243)

Company

At 30 June 2022

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

At 30 June 2021

Financial assets

Amortised
cost
 £’000

19,785

22,729

1,698

1,106

45,318

(16,747)

(7,510)

(376)

(24,633)

Cash and cash equivalents 

Interest rate swaps

Trade and other receivables

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables**

Lease liabilities

Total 
£’000

7,374

57

1,835

24,077

33,343

(19,897)

(10,742)

(3,644)

(20,960)

(55,243)

* 

 The split of balances represented in the table above has been restated to include deferred consideration receivable which meets the definition 
of a financial asset, and to exclude a balance of £4,938,000 within other payables which does not meet the definition of a financial liability.

98

Amortised
cost
 £’000

15,734

118,670

134,404

(52,781)

(6,225)

(59,006)

Total 
£’000

2,702

57

106,394

109,153

(36,814)

(8,963)

(45,777)

Fair value – 
hedging
 instrument 
£’000

—

57

—

57

—

—

—

Amortised
cost
 £’000

2,702

—

106,394

109,096

(36,814)

(8,963)

(45,777)

** 

 The split of balances represented in the table above has been restated to increase the balance by £2,266,000 for trade and other payables 
to correctly include all balances that meet the definition of a financial liability.

Fair value measurement
The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair values of financial assets and liabilities are as follows:

• 

• 

• 

the carrying amount of trade receivables and payables approximates to fair value due to the short maturity 
of the amounts receivable and payable;

the fair value of the Group’s borrowings are estimated on the basis of the discounted value of future cash flows 
using approximate discount rates in effect at the balance sheet date; and

the fair value of the Group’s outstanding interest rate swaps, foreign exchange contracts and put options for 
non-controlling interest are estimated using discounted cash flow models and market rates of interest and 
foreign exchange at the balance sheet date. 

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

22. Deferred tax
Movements on deferred tax assets are as follows:

Group

Asset at 1 July 2020 

Tax relating to initial application 
of IFRS 16

Deferred tax (charge)/credit 
in the income statement for 
the year

Deferred tax charge in other 
comprehensive income for 
the year 

Deferred tax credit included 
directly in equity for the year

Utilisation of deferred tax asset

Exchange translation difference

Asset at 30 June 2021

Deferred tax (charge)/credit 
in the income statement for 
the year

Deferred tax credit included 
directly in equity for the year

Utilisation of deferred tax asset

Exchange translation difference

106

—

(14)

—

358

—

—

450

(16)

70

—

—

11

—

—

(22)

—

—

—

(11)

11

—

—

—

—

Share based 
payments
£’000

Fair value
interest 
rate swap
£’000

US deferred 
consideration
£’000

Tax 
losses
£’000

795

Company

Asset at 1 July 2020 

Other
£’000

34

Total
£’000

1,189

Deferred tax charge in the income statement for the year

Deferred tax charge in other comprehensive income for the year 

Deferred tax credit included directly in equity for the year

—

(34)

(34)

Asset at 30 June 2021

243

—

(22)

432

—

—

—

(25)

196

—

—

(498)

—

729

(23)

191

—

—

75

248

—

(631)

—

289

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Deferred tax charge in the income statement for the year

Deferred tax credit included directly in equity for the year

396

Asset at 30 June 2022

Movements on deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

(22)

358

(498)

(25)

Non‑current liabilities

Liability at 1 July 2020

Deferred tax credit in the income statement for the year

1,364

Effect on deferred tax of a change in the corporation tax rate 

Exchange translation difference

Liability at 30 June 2021

Deferred tax credit in the income statement for the year

Effect on deferred tax of a change in the corporation tax rate 

Exchange translation difference

Liability at 30 June 2022

163

70

(631)

75

1,041

Share based 
payments
£’000

Fair value interest 
rate swap
£’000

106

(14)

—

358

450

(16)

70

504

11

—

(22)

—

(11)

11

—

—

99

Total
£’000

117

(14)

(22)

358

439

(5)

70

504

Group 
£’000

2,524

(530)

132

(72)

2,054

(51)

2

35

2,040

Asset at 30 June 2022

504

The Group has concluded that the deferred assets relating to tax losses will be recoverable using the estimated 
future taxable income. The losses can be carried forward indefinitely and have no expiry date. 

The deferred tax liability arises as a result of accelerated tax on amortisation of intangible assets excluding 
computer software and on the depreciation of property, plant and equipment.

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

100

23. Share capital

Group

Issued and fully paid 
ordinary shares

Number of 
ordinary
shares of 
5p each

Ordinary shares
 £’000

Share premium
account
£’000

Treasury 
shares and 
ESOT reserves 
£’000

Total 
£’000

At 1 July 2020

87,603,917

4,380

45,225

(590)

49,015

Performance share plan 
awards vesting settled 
via ESOT

ESOT share purchases

Sale of treasury shares

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

At 30 June 2021

87,603,917

4,380

45,225

Performance share plan 
awards vesting settled 
via ESOT

ESOT share purchases

—

—

Issue of shares

224,838 

Purchase of treasury shares

Sale of treasury shares

—

—

—

—

11

—

—

—

—

328

—

—

137

(263)

15

(701)

84

(371)

—

(154)

49

137

(263)

15

48,904

84

(371)

339

(154)

49

At 30 June 2022

87,828,755

4,391

45,553

(1,093)

48,851

Company

Issued and fully paid 
ordinary shares

At 1 July 2020

Sale of treasury shares

At 30 June 2021

Issue of shares

Purchase of treasury shares

Sale of treasury shares

Number of 
ordinary
shares of 
5p each

87,603,917

—

87,603,917

224,838 

—

—

Ordinary shares
 £’000

Share premium
account
£’000

Treasury 
shares 
£’000

4,380

—

4,380

11

—

—

45,225

—

45,225

328

—

—

(93)

15

(78)

—

(154)

49

(183)

Total 
£’000

49,512

15

49,527

339

(154)

49

49,761

At 30 June 2022

87,828,755

4,391

45,553

In May 2022 Wilmington issued 224,838 ordinary voting shares of £0.05 to satisfy the Company’s obligations 
under the SAYE Plan.

During the year the Wilmington Group plc Employee Share Ownership Trust (‘ESOT’) purchased 170,097 ordinary 
shares for the purpose of future settlement of employee share schemes. On 30 September 2021, 37,435 shares 
vested under its Performance Share Plan settled via the ESOT. In April 2022 3,552 shares were used to satisfy the 
Company’s obligations under the SAYE Plan. At 30 June 2022, the ESOT held 403,782 shares (2021: 274,672) in 
the Company, which represents 0.5% (2021: 0.4%) of the called up share capital.

At 30 June 2022, 65,970 shares (2021: 34,533) were held in treasury, which represents 0.1% (2021: 0.1%) of the 
share capital of the Company.

24. Share based payments
The Group’s share based payment arrangements are as follows:

a)  Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’) awards, applying to Executives;

b)  Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’) awards, applying to the Senior Leadership Team; 

c)  Share Option Plan (‘Options’), applying to the Senior Leadership Team; and

d)  An employee Save As You Earn (‘SAYE’) scheme, for UK based employees.

An expense of £1,230,000 (2021: £566,000) was recognised in the income statement of the Group for share based 
payments. Of this expense £1,230,000 (2021: £566,000) was recognised in the parent company income statement.

During the year ended 30 June 2022, the following events have occurred in respect of each scheme.

a) PSP awards, applying to Executives
Details of Directors’ share awards are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration report. 

Under the Wilmington plc 2017 Performance Share Plan:

Date of grant

Exercise 
price per
award

 Number of
shares for
which awards
outstanding at 
1 July 2021

Date of 
vesting 

Awards 
granted 
during year 

Awards 
vested
during year

 Awards 
lapsed 
during year

September 2018

Nil September 2021

79,486

September 2019

Nil September 2022

285,673

September 2020

Nil September 2023

546,939

February 2021

Nil September 2023

52,971

—

—

—

—

September 2021

Nil September 2024

February 2022

Nil September 2024

—

—

383,177

27,307

(37,435)

(42,051)

— (182,268)

—

—

—

—

(91,837)

—

—

—

Number of 
shares for 
which awards
outstanding at
 30 June 2022

—

103,405

455,102

52,971

383,177

27,307

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

101

24. Share based payments continued
a) PSP awards, applying to Executives continued
37,435 awards vested on 28 September 2021 at a share price of £2.26. 383,177 awards were granted to 
Executives in September 2021 with a fair value of £1.90 per award. 27,307 awards were granted to the 
Chief People Officer on 22 February 2022 with a fair value of £2.08 per award.

The performance conditions of the awards granted between 2018 and 2019 are based on the proportions 
shown below:

•  33.3% total shareholder return (‘TSR’);

•  33.3% earnings per share (‘EPS’); and

•  33.3% return on equity (‘ROE’).

The performance conditions of the awards granted in September 2020 and February 2021 are based on the 
proportions below:

•  40.0% total shareholder return (‘TSR’);

•  40.0% earnings per share (‘EPS’); and

•  20.0% organic growth (‘ORG’).

b) PSP awards, applying to the Senior Leadership Team
Under the Wilmington plc 2017 Performance Share Plan: 

Exercise 
price per
award

 Number of
shares for
which awards
outstanding at 
1 July 2021

Date of 
vesting 

Awards 
granted 
during year 

Awards 
vested
during year

 Awards 
lapsed 
during year

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

September 2021

September 2022

178,917

145,776

September 2023

223,295

—

—

—

September 2024

September 2024

— 151,870

—

7,270

— (178,917)

—

—

—

—

(1,599)

(7,584)

—

—

Number of 
shares for 
which awards
outstanding at
30 June 2022

—

144,177

215,711

151,870

7,270

Date of grant

September 2018

September 2019

September 2020

September 2021

February 2022

The fair value of the awards granted on 28 September 2021 was £2.06 and the fair value of the awards granted 
on 22 February 2022 was £2.24 per award.

The performance conditions of the awards granted in September 2021 and February 2022 are based on the 
proportions shown below:

The performance conditions of the awards granted in September 2021 and February 2022 are based on the 
proportions below:

•  65.0% earnings per share (‘EPS’); and

•  35.0% organic growth (‘ORG’).

•  65.0% earnings per share (‘EPS’); and

•  35.0% organic growth (‘ORG’).

The awards granted in September 2021 were valued using the Black Scholes method with the following 
assumptions:

The awards granted to Executives in September 2021 were valued using the Black Scholes and Stochastic 
methods with the following assumptions:

•  expected life (years): 3.0; and

•  expected dividends (%): 2.69.

•  expected volatility (%): 46.86;

•  expected life (years): 3.0; and

•  expected dividends (%): Nil.

The awards granted to the Chief People Officer in February 2022 were valued using the Black Scholes and 
Stochastic methods with the following assumptions:

•  expected volatility (%): 45.58;

•  expected life (years): 3.0; and

•  expected dividends (%): Nil.

Expected volatility was determined by reference to the historical volatility of the Group’s share price. 
The expected life used in the model is the mid-point of the exercise period. Expected dividend assumptions 
reflect the impact of dividends in lieu in respect of awards made to Executives. These do not apply to awards 
or options made to the Senior Leadership Team.

The awards granted in February 2022 were valued using the Black Scholes method with the following 
assumptions:

•  expected life (years): 3.0; and

•  expected dividends (%): 2.60.

c) Options
On 30 September 2021 and 22 February 2022, the Company awarded share options to selected key management. 
This is a discretionary scheme which enables a company to grant share options to selected employees. The exercise 
price of the granted options is equal to the market price of the shares on the date of the grant. Options are conditional 
on the employee completing three years’ service (the vesting period) so act as a lock-in incentive; the options have a 
contractual option term of ten years. The options are exercisable starting three years from the grant date, subject to 
the Group achieving growth in earnings per share in line with the targets set out in the deed of grant. The Group has 
no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the options in cash.

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

102

24. Share based payments continued
c) Options continued
Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise price 
are as follows:

Average
exercise price
per option
£

2.625

2.455

Date of grant

September 2015

September 2016

 Number of 
shares for 
which options
outstanding at
1 July 2021

Date of vesting

September 2018

160,726

September 2019

September 2017

2.150

September 2020

September 2018

1.848

September 2021

281,313

September 2019

2.080

September 2022

220,007

September 2020

1.225

September 2023

328,772

—

—

Options
granted
during year

Options
exercised 
during year

 Options 
lapsed
during year

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— (281,313)

— (3,859)

— (18,201)

September 2021

2.228

September 2024

February 2022

2.420

September 2024

— 216,323

— 10,905

—

—

—

—

Number of 
shares for 
which options
outstanding at 
30 June 2022

160,726

—

—

—

216,148

310,571

216,323

10,905

The fair value of the options granted on 28 September 2021 was £0.52 and the fair value of the options granted 
on 22 February 2022 was £0.61 per option.

The options granted in September 2021 were valued using the Black Scholes method with the following 
assumptions:

•  expected volatility (%): 32.74;

•  expected life (years): 6.50; and

•  expected dividends (%): 2.60.

Expected volatility was determined by reference to the historical volatility of the Group’s share price. 
The expected life used in the model is the mid-point of the exercise period.

The options granted in February 2022 were valued using the Black Scholes method with the 
following assumptions:

•  expected volatility (%): 32.34;

•  expected life (years): 6.50; and

•  expected dividends (%): 2.69.

Expected volatility was determined by reference to the historical volatility of the Group’s share price. 
The expected life used in the model is the mid-point of the exercise period.

d) Save As You Earn Options
On 29 March 2019, Save As You Earn Options with a per share exercise price of £1.52 over 688,612 ordinary 
shares in Wilmington plc (the ‘Company’) were granted under the Wilmington SAYE Plan 2018 to employees of 
the Company and its subsidiaries. In May 2022 the SAYE Options vested, and can be exercised within six months 
following vesting; 279,815 shares vested during the year. At 30 June 2022 there were 47,127 (2021: 326,942) 
shares for which options were outstanding. 

On 19 October 2020, Save As You Earn Options with a per share exercise price of £0.96 over 984,973 ordinary 
shares in the Company were granted under the Wilmington SAYE Plan 2018 to employees of the Company and 
its subsidiaries. At 30 June 2022 there were 784,949 (2021: 930,261) shares for which options were outstanding. 

The exercise prices of £1.52 and £0.96 relating to the 2019 SAYE Options and the 2020 SAYE Options 
respectively were calculated in accordance with the rules as set out in the SAYE Scheme. The SAYE Options 
will normally vest and become exercisable over a three year vesting period from the date of grant and can be 
exercised within six months following vesting.

25. Lease liabilities 
The Group enters into leases of buildings in relation to offices and business premises in the geographical 
locations in which they operate. 

The following table shows the discounted lease liabilities included in the Group and Company balance sheets:

Current

Non-current 

Group

Company

30 June 
2022 
£’000 

648

6,862

7,510

30 June 
2021 
£’000 

2,356

8,386

10,742

30 June 
2022 
£’000

118

6,107

6,225

30 June 
2021 
£’000

1,606

7,357

8,963

A reconciliation of the movement in the right-of-use assets is included in note 14. The maturity analysis of lease 
liabilities on a contractual undiscounted cash flow basis is included in note 21. The interest expense in relation to 
lease liabilities is included in note 6. Amounts recognised through the Consolidated income statement in respect 
of short term leases and low-value leases are included in note 4. The total cash outflow for leases was £4,166,000 
(2021: £3,352,000) with the year-on-year increase relating to a difference in the timing of payments.

Contracts entered into by the Group have a wide range of terms and conditions but generally do not impose any 
additional covenants. Extension and termination options provide the Group with additional operational flexibility. 

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

103

25. Lease liabilities continued
These options are included in the lease term if the Group considers it reasonably certain that the lease will 
be extended or terminated.

Included in liabilities of disposal group classified as held for sale is £169,000 relating to lease liabilities 
for Wilmington Inese SL.

The Group is committed to one lease agreement not yet commenced as at 30 June 2022. The future cash outflow 
to which the Group is potentially exposed for this agreement is approximately £550,000.

26. Provisions
Property and other

At 1 July 2021

Utilised in the year

At 30 June 2022

Included in current liabilities

Included in non-current liabilities

£’000

1,842

(307)

1,535

30 June 
2022 
£’000

307

1,228

1,535

The provision is in respect of anticipated costs expected to be incurred in relation to the closed proportion of the head 
office until the end of the contractual lease term.

The provision is based on assumptions and estimates where the ultimate outcome may be different from the amount 
provided. The provision reflects the Group’s best estimate of the probable exposure as at 30 June 2022. This 
assessment has been made having considered the sensitivity of the provision for possible changes in key assumptions. 

27. Commitments
The Group had no (2021: none) capital commitments contracted but not provided for in relation to property, 
plant and equipment at 30 June 2022.

28. Related party transactions
The Company and its wholly owned subsidiary undertakings offer certain Group-wide purchasing facilities 
to the Company’s other subsidiary undertakings whereby the actual costs are recharged. 

29. Staff and their pay and benefits
a)  Employee costs (including Directors) were as follows:

Wages and salaries*

Social security costs 

Other pension costs

Share based payments (including social security costs)

Year ended 
30 June 
2022
£’000

47,374 

5,164 

1,384 

1,230 

55,152

Year ended 
30 June 
2021 
£’000

47,884

4,814

1,409

566

54,673

* 

Excluded from wages and salaries are redundancy costs in the year of £1,072,371 (2021: £1,969,131).

b)  Remuneration of key management personnel that held office for part or all of the year (2022: 9 people; 2021: 
14 people), which includes the Directors and other key management personnel, is shown in the table below:

Short term employee benefits 

Compensation for loss of office

Post-employment benefits 

Share based payments 

Year ended 
30 June 
2022 
£’000

2,226

—

72

302

2,600

Year ended 
30 June 
2021 
£’000

3,385

164

89

394

4,032

More detailed information concerning Directors’ remuneration, shareholdings, pension entitlement, share options 
and other Long Term Incentive Plans (‘LTIPs’) is shown in the audited part of the Directors’ Remuneration report on 
pages 52 to 56, which forms part of the consolidated financial statements.

c)  The average monthly number of employees (including Directors) employed by the Group was as follows:

The Company has made recharges totalling £503,896 (2021: £2,386,709) to its fellow Group undertakings 
in respect of management services. 

Cost of sales

Administration 

Amounts due from and to subsidiary undertakings by the Company are set out in notes 16 and 18 respectively. 

During the year, the Company received dividends of £15,416,584 from subsidiaries (2021: £42,998,819). 

Total full time equivalents at 30 June 2022 were 779 (2021: 835).

There were no (2021: £nil) transactions with related parties of key management personnel in the year.

d)  Retirement benefits: 

The Group contributes to defined contribution pension schemes. Total contributions to the schemes during 
the year were £1,384,000 (2021: £1,409,000).

Year ended
30 June
2022
Number

520

381

901

Year ended
30 June
2021
Number

549

403

952

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

104

30. Cash generated from operations

Cash conversion is calculated as a percentage of cash generated by operations to adjusted EBITA as follows:

Profit/(loss) from continuing operations 
before tax

Adjusting item – gain on disposal 
of subsidiaries

Adjusting item – gain on disposal 
of business operations

Adjusting item – gain on sale of property, 
plant and equipment

Adjusting item – net gain on financing 
activities

Adjusting items

Depreciation of property, plant and 
equipment included in operating expenses

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets 
and property, plant and equipment

Non-adjusting (profit)/loss on disposal 
of property, plant and equipment

Share based payments (including social 
security costs)

Net finance costs

Operating cash flows before 
movements in working capital 

Decrease/(increase) in trade and 
other receivables 

(Decrease)/increase in trade and 
other payables 

Decrease in provisions

Cash generated from/(used in) 
operations before adjusting items

Group

Company

Year ended 
30 June 
2022 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2021 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2022 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2021 
£’000

36,120

(2,025)

14,964

37,879

(16,329)

(770)

—

(3,394)

—

—

2,970  

3,399  

5,816  

14,834

2

(1,289)

(840)

66

2,412

6,089

597

(71)

1,230

928

—

—

—

(840)

(6,061)

—

—

—

—

566  

1,634

1,230

663

Funds from operations before adjusting items:

Adjusted EBITA (note 2)

Share based payments (including social security costs)

Amortisation of intangible assets – computer software

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment included in operating expenses

Non-adjusting (profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Operating cash flows before movement in working capital 

Net working capital movement 

Funds from operations before adjusting items 

Cash conversion 

Free cash flow:

Operating cash flows before movement in working capital

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Net working capital movement

Interest paid

Payment of lease liabilities

Tax paid

—

—

—

—

151

—

—

2,786

—

566

855

28,913

23,032

9,956

42,237

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

1,621

(3,619)

(9,396)

(24,923)

Purchase of intangible assets

Free cash flow

(5,657)

(307)

(2,123)

—  

(7,275)

—

3,070

—

31. Events after the reporting period
There were no events after the balance sheet date that require disclosure.

24,570

17,290  

(6,715)

20,384

Year ended 
30 June 
2022 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2021 
£’000

21,621

1,230

3,721

2,412

(71)

28,913

(4,343)

24,570

114%

16,649

566

2,416

3,399

2

23,032

(5,742)

17,290

104%

Year ended 
30 June 
2022 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2021 
£’000

28,913

3,493

(4,343)

(479)

(3,752)

(3,397)

(440)

(1,292)

18,703

23,032

103

(5,742)

(1,196)

(2,530)

(2,697)

(1,047)

(1,969)

7,954

Notes to the financial statements continuedWilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Pro forma five year financial summary (unaudited)

105

Revenue 

Operating expenses (before adjusting items)

Adjusted EBITA

Other adjusting items

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Gain on disposal of business operations

Gain on disposal of subsidiaries

Net gain on financing activities

Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant 
and equipment

Operating profit/(loss)

Net finance costs

Share of loss of equity accounted investment

Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax 

Taxation

Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities after tax

Adjusted profit before tax

Cash generated from operations before adjusting items

Basic earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations (pence)

Diluted earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations (pence)

Adjusted earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations (pence)

Interim and proposed final dividend per share (pence)

Dividend cover (times)1

Return on sales (%)2

2018
£’m

121.3

(97.5)

23.8

(4.6)

—

—

—

—

(6.4)

(8.6)

4.2

(1.9)

—

2.3

(2.6)

(0.3)

21.8

25.7

(0.45)

(0.45)

19.80

8.8

2.3

19.6

2019
£’m

122.5

(101.0)

21.5

(1.4)

—

—

1.9

—

(5.1)

—

16.9

(2.1)

(0.1)

14.7

(3.5)

11.2

19.3

26.4

12.74

12.64

17.44

9.1

1.9

17.5

2020
£’m

113.1

(99.1)

14.0

(0.6)

—

—

—

—

(4.8)

—

8.6

(2.2)

—

6.4

(1.8)

4.6

11.9

26.5

5.33

5.26

10.71

—

—

12.4

2021
£’m

113.0

(96.4)

16.6

(3.0)

—

3.4

0.8

—

(3.4)

(14.8)

(0.4)

(1.6)

—

(2.0)

(2.5)

(4.5)

15.0

17.3

(5.18)

(5.18)

13.62

6.0

2.3

14.7

2022
£’m

121.0

(99.4)

21.6

0.1

1.3

—

16.3

0.8

(2.5)

(0.6)

37.0

(0.9)

—

36.1

(3.3)

32.8

20.7

24.6

37.46

36.98

18.66

8.2

2.3

17.9

The results for the financial years to 2018 and 2019 have not been adjusted for IFRS 16.

1.  Dividend cover – adjusted earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations divided by the interim and proposed final dividend per share.

2.  Return on sales – adjusted EBITA divided by revenue.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Strategic Report

Our Governance

Financial Statements

Advisors and corporate calendar

106

Financial advisors
Evercore Partners
15 Stanhope Gate 
London 
W1K 1LN

Stockbrokers
Numis Securities Limited 
10 Paternoster Square  
London  
EC4M 7LT

Independent auditor
Grant Thornton UK LLP
30 Finsbury Square  
London  
EC2A 1AG

Solicitors
Osborne Clarke
One London Wall  
London 
EC2Y 5EB

Principal bankers
Barclays Bank plc
1 Churchill Place 
Canary Wharf 
London 
E14 5HP

Registrars
Equiniti Limited
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
BN99 6DA

Shareholder helpline
+44 (0) 371 384 2855 (UK)  
+44 121 415 7047 (overseas)

Corporate calendar 
Announcement of final results
22 September 2022

Annual General Meeting
23 November 2022

Announcement of interim results
February 2023

Registered and business address
Wilmington plc
10 Whitechapel High Street 
London 
E1 8QS 
Tel: +44 (0)20 7490 0049 
www.wilmingtonplc.com

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2022Wilmington plc
10 Whitechapel High Street 
London 
E1 8QS

Tel: +44 (0)20 7490 0049 
www.wilmingtonplc.com